UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 20122014
OR
c¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ______ to ______
For the transition period from _____ to _____
Commission file number 1-13449

QUANTUM CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware94-2665054
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
1650 Technology Drive,224 Airport Parkway, Suite 800,300, San Jose, California95110
(Address of principal executive offices)(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (408) 944-4000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (408) 944-4000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class     Name of each exchange on which registered
QUANTUM CORPORATION COMMON STOCKNEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE

Indicate by check mark whetherif the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES  ¨  NOx

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES  ¨  NOx

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrantregistrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES  x  NO¨

Indicate by checkmarkcheck mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). YES  x  NO¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.x

Indicate by checkmarkcheck mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer    ¨Accelerated filer    xNon-accelerated filer    ¨Smaller Reporting Companyreporting company    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES  ¨  NOx

The aggregate market value of Quantum Corporation’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was approximately $248.4$217.5 million on September 30, 20112013 the last day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, based on the closing sales price of the registrant’s common stock on that date on the New York Stock Exchange. For purposes of this disclosure, shares of common stock held by persons who hold more than 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock and shares held by officers and directors of the registrant have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily conclusive for other purposes.

As of the close of business on June 8, 2012,May 30, 2014, there were approximately 236.7 million250,629,646 shares of the registrant’s common stock issued and outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be held on August 15, 2012, which the registrant will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report, is incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K to the extent stated herein.







Table of Contents

INDEX

Page
Number
PART I
Item 1Business1
Item 1A1Risk FactorsBusiness91
Item 1B1ARisk Factors10
Item 1BUnresolved Staff Comments2122
Item 2Properties2223
Item 3Legal Proceedings2223
Item 4Mine Safety Disclosures2224
PART II
Item 5
Item 5Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities2324
Item 6Selected Financial Data2425
Item 7Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations2526
Item 7AQuantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk4241
Item 8Financial Statements and Supplementary Data4342
Item 9Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure76
Item 9AControls and Procedures76
Item 9BOther Information77
PART III
Item 10Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance77
Item 11Executive Compensation7877
Item 12Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters78
Item 13Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence78
Item 14Principal Accounting Fees and Services7978
PART IV
Item 15
Item 15Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules79
SIGNATURE83
POWER OF ATTORNEY84

i



Table of Contents

PART I

This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements in this report usually contain the words “will,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “believe,” “project” or similar expressions and variations or negatives of these words. All such forward-looking statements including, but not limited to, (1) our goals for future operating performance;performance, including increasing market share, during growth, continuing to add customers and increasing revenue; (2) our research and development plans and focuses; (3) our expectation that we will continue to derive a substantial portion of our revenue from products based on tape technology; (4)(3) our belief that our existing cash and capital resources will be sufficient to meet all currently planned expenditures, debt service and sustain our operations for at least the next 12 months; (5)(4) our expectations regarding our ongoing efforts to control our cost structure; (6)(5) our belief that our ultimate liabilityexpectations regarding the outcome of any litigation in any infringement claims made by any third parties against us will not be material to uswhich we are involved; and (7)(6) our business goals, objectives, key focuses, opportunities and prospects which are inherently uncertain as they are based on management’s expectations and assumptions concerning future events, and they are subject to numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, about which we speak only as of the date hereof. As a result, our actual results may differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained herein. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described herein include, but are not limited to: (1) the amount of orders received in future periods; (2) our ability to timely ship our products; (3) uncertainty regarding information technology spending and the corresponding uncertainty in the demand for our products and services; (4) our ability to maintain supplier relationships; (5) general economic, political and fiscal conditions in the U.S. and internationally, particularly in light of Greek and EU sovereign debt concerns and the uncertainty in the U.S. regarding fiscal and tax policies;internationally; (6) our ability to successfully introduce new products; (7) our ability to capitalize on market demand; (8) our ability to achieve anticipated gross margin levelslevels; and (9) those factors discussed under “Risk Factors” in Part II, Item 1A. Our forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. We disclaim any obligation to update information in any forward-looking statement.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Business Description

Quantum Corporation (“Quantum”, the “Company”, “us” or “we”), founded in 1980, is a globalleading expert in scale-out storage, archive and data protection, providing solutions for capturing, sharing, and bigpreserving digital assets over the entire data management.lifecycle. Our customers, ranging from small businesses to major enterprises, have trusted us to address their most demanding data workflow challenges. We provide solutions for storing and protecting information in physical, virtual cloud and big datacloud environments that are designed to help customers be certainBe CertainTM that they are maximizinghave an end-to-end storage foundation to maximize the value of their data over its entire lifecycle. With our solutions, customers can better adapt in a world of continuing change by keepingmaking it accessible whenever and protecting more data for a longer period of time whilewherever needed, retaining it indefinitely and reducing coststotal cost and increasing return on investment.complexity. We work closely with a broad network of distributors, value-added resellers (“VARs”), direct marketing resellers (“DMRs”), original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and other suppliers to meet customers’ evolving data protection and big data management needs. Our stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol QTM.

Our portfolio of solutions for scale-out storage environments includes StorNext® software and appliances and our LattusTM Object Storage systems. These solutions are designed to help customers manage large unstructured data sets in an information workflow, encompassing high-performance ingest, real-time collaboration, scalable processing, intelligent protection and high-value monetization. Lattus can also serve as a highly durable, self-protecting nearline storage tier in data center workflows. In addition, we recently demonstrated a cloud-enabled media workflow based on StorNext and Lattus that enables customers to seamlessly integrate private cloud workflows into their facilities as well as enabling media sharing worldwide, linking StorNext-based workgroups without maintaining duplicate copies of content.

We also have a comprehensive portfolio of data protection solutions includefor physical, virtual, and cloud environments. Our DXi® deduplication systems and Scalar® automated tape libraries that optimize backup and recovery, simplify management and lower cost andwhile our vmPROTM virtual server backup and disaster recovery (“DR”) offerings that protect virtual environments while minimizing the impact toon servers and storage. For big data environments, we provide StorNext® tiered storageIn addition, our Q-Cloud backup and wide area storage solutionsDR services are designed to help maximize revenuecustomers take advantage of cloud-based data protection through a highly optimized, flexible approach designed to overcome the limitations of other cloud offerings, and results by enablingwe also provide the underlying technology platform to partners and end user customers to extract the full value frombuild their digital assets. In addition, we also offer software for cloud backup and disaster recovery of physical and virtual servers. We have a full range of services and the global scale and scope to support our worldwide customer base.own clouds.

We are a member of the consortium that develops and has licensed LTO® media technology to tape media manufacturing companies. We receive royalty payments for both LTO and DLT® media technology sold under licensing agreements. We have also entered into various licensing agreements with respect to our technology, patents and similar intellectual property which provide licensing revenues in certain cases and may expand the market for products and solutions using these technologies.



In recent years we have transformed Quantum through acquisitionsTable of Contents

We are focused on driving profitable revenue growth in our core business and organic growth into a systems and solutions company. Our strategy is to grow the independent channel for Quantum branded solutionslong-term shareholder value by offering products with superior performance and value. We plan to continue to expand and improveleveraging our product and solution offerings,installed base strengths and capitalizing on the market trends in data protection and scale-out storage. We believe our Scalar tape libraries and DXi deduplication appliances are best-in-class data protection products, and we are a market share leader in open systems tape automation with emphasisa large installed base. We also see opportunities for StorNext and Lattus among our data protection customers, particularly as their tiered archive workflow and enterprise video needs grow. In the area of scale-out storage, we plan to drive growth by further penetrating vertical markets where we are well-positioned from a technology and go-to-market perspective, namely media and entertainment and federal government intelligence, while also expanding our footprint by addressing new use cases such as cyber security and video and audio surveillance where our StorNext solutions and expertise provide significant advantages. Spanning both data protection and scale-out storage, we are working to leverage our technology to help customers implement public, private and hybrid cloud solutions. We believe the combination of performance, tiering, scalability and value we offer provides unique benefits in cloud workflows. Finally, a key focus for us is to continue adding new routes to market through both ecosystem and channel partners, capitalizing on branded disk systems, software solutions, virtual offerings and cloud solutions.our strong product portfolio.

Industry Background

Information TechnologyFor most customers, demands on data have changed and so have the requirements for storing and retaining it. Previously, data had a one-way, predictable lifecycle where the information technology (“IT”) departments face an environmentfocus was around risk mitigation. Now, companies know that their data can be a source of change. There is increasing focuscompetitive advantage, revenue and growth. They are much more focused on the economicsopportunity of data, so IT must save everything and make it available based on business requirements. In addition, the challenge of dealing with large data files is extending beyond a narrow set of vertical markets such as these departments not only address continuedmedia and entertainment, government intelligence or oil and gas to commercial enterprises more broadly.

All of this is leading to new workflows and putting pressure on status quo approaches. Traditional infrastructures are breaking down based on the sheer volume of data growth but also identify solutionsand the need to store data forever and continue to produce value from data. IT departments have identified that adding more spinning disk to the problem will not resolve the issues, nor will legacy backup processes.

We believe the industry is evolving to a new infrastructure that is based on high-performance, tiered storage solutions with smart data for longer periods of time asmovement that fits a customer’s workflow. These tiered storage solutions need to support unpredictable, on-demand access, whenever and wherever customers need their data, becomes more valuable. Withand incorporate new waysapproaches to analyze and reuse data for additional revenue streams, new ideas and operational breakthroughs, IT managers are looking to ensure the organization can take full advantage of the information and knowledge from that data. For these reasons, data protection and bigarchive. At the same time, these solutions must be cost-effective.

While there are different workflows which require different solutions, there are common elements that must be addressed. This includes the need for high-performance data management are importantcapture or ingest, real-time sharing and collaboration, scalability for processing and editing, intelligent protection and archiving and the ability to businessesdeliver high-value results and organizationsmonetization opportunities. We understand these challenges and consistently are reflected as top prioritieshave a history of meeting them in end user research studies.

Another change that has occurred over the last several years is the emergence of new architectures and technologies that reduce costs and increase efficiency. These include data deduplication, scale-out storage, virtualization and cloud storage. The challenge is that these technologies can also introduce disruption for IT, so it takes careful planning and smart solutions to enable organizations to move forward.

In the face of these changes, IT departments also confront continued constraints. Resources and budgets remain tight, which is onesome of the main reasons reducing data acquisition costs and ongoing operational costs is a top priority. In addition, even as they look to capitalize on new technologies and solutions, many IT managers still have to support legacy environments and applications. Finally, there is often built-in inertia or risk aversion when it comes to changing architectures or existing vendors. As a result, there is significant opportunity for storage specialists such as Quantum to assist organizations through transition.most demanding workflow environments.

Products

Big Data ManagementScale-out Storage and Archive

With new digital technologies creating larger data files that can generate greater business value, there is a growing need to retain data for progressively longer periods while maintaining visibility and access to it. IT departments are increasingly focused on managing this biglarge amounts of unstructured data. Generally, bigunstructured data refers to relatively new data types that produce large files, often measured in petabytes, such as video, imaging and audio. Big dataIn some cases, this also refers to large collections of small data, such as retail purchasing information, underwater photos of the ocean floor and feeds from traffic cameras that when combined, create meaning and increasingly, competitive advantage. In addition, in managing bigunstructured data, organizations are increasingly recognizing that they need efficient and cost-effective ways to archive it. We offer StorNext software and appliance-based solutions, in addition to Lattus Object Storage, to address this growing need for managing and archiving big data.growing unstructured data sets.

StorNext Software

Designed for data-intensive environments, our StorNext software reduces the time and total cost of managing data for end users with large data sets and challenging distributed environments. TheOur StorNext File System software provides high-performance shared access tofile sharing, tiered storage, and archive for demanding content workflows, ever-growing digital libraries and massive data across different networks, operating systems and storage platforms.repositories. In addition, our StorNext Storage ManagerTM software automatically copies and migrates data between different tiers of storage based on user-defined policies. The result is a highly scalable, high-performance datamanagement solution designed to optimize the use of storage while enabling the long-term protection and recoverability of data.



Table of Contents

Our StorNext software helps businesses with biggrowing unstructured data sets and video file inventories to benefit from workflow efficiencies, automated tiered storage and policy-based archive management. Designed for open system data-intensive environments, StorNext software products allow multiple users to rapidly access a single data set, increasing productivity and storage utilization. They also transparently move data, reducing storage costs while simultaneously providing embedded data protection. For several years, organizations within rich media production and broadcasting, the federal government, life sciences and other disciplines have utilized our data management software to derive more value from their data while controlling costs. Many of these customers now rely on our software as a key technology enabler for their business processes and workflow.workflows.



StorNext Appliances

Our StorNext appliances leverage the power of StorNext software and market-leading hardware to offer predictable high-performance file sharing and archiving in purpose-built configurations of metadata controllers, expansion appliances and disk and archive enabled libraries. They are simple to deploy and architected to deliver scalable, industry-leading performance, drive lower operational costs and provide a flexible open system for enabling third party applications. These appliances also work seamlessly with traditional StorNext software and partner hardware offerings to provide additional options for building a shared storage area network (“SAN”) and scale outscale-out network-attached storage (“NAS”) environment. They are intended to serve a wide range of markets, such as film editing,video production, DNA sequencing, high-definition video surveillance and seismic processing or genome sequencingexploration, and balance the highest performance with the lowest long-term cost for sharing bigall types of unstructured data filesused in data intensive operations.

Lattus Object Storage

Our family of Lattus Object Storage solutions enables high volumes of data to be immediately available to extract valuable information at any time, and over time. The Lattus family is designed as a forever disk archive with wide-ranging scalability from 500 terabytes to hundreds of petabytes with predictable retrieval times for high speed file access. These systems have self-healing capabilities that offer extremely high durability to ensure data is not lost and virtually eliminate unscheduled maintenance and performance degradation. Lattus has been designed to be self-migrating through innovative algorithms that simplify upgrades to new storage technologies.

Data Protection

DXi Disk Systems

Our DXi disk-based backup systems meet the needs of a broad range of customers, from small businesses and remote offices to large distributed enterprise data center environments, seeking high speed recovery and extreme reliability beyond what a tape-only environment can deliver. These solutions offer functionality normally reserved for enterprise class data centers, such as data deduplication, virtual tape, snapshot, data recovery and replication capabilities. Our disk-based backup appliances are designed for easy implementation and integration into existing environments and provide industry-leading performance, capacity and price-performance.

Our DXi disk systems use deduplication technology to expand the amount of backup data users can retain on traditional disk systems. The result is a cost-effective means for IT departments to store backup data on disk for months instead of days, providing high-speed restores, increasing available data recovery points and reducing media management. For disaster recovery in distributed environments, the DXi-SeriesTM also makes wide area network (“WAN”) replication practical because of the greatly reduced bandwidth required with data deduplication. By greatly increasing effective disk capacity, data deduplication enables users to retain backup data on fast recovery disk much longer than possible using conventional disk and significantly reduces the bandwidth needed to move data between sites. We hold a key patent in one of the most efficient methods of data deduplication, known as variable-length data deduplication.

Our DXi-Series systems provide a combination of high performance and advanced functionality. In addition to data deduplication, the core set of advanced features of the DXi-Series includes a high performance embedded file system, support for high speed data compression, asynchronous replication, direct tape creation and built-in monitoring and diagnostic tools.



Table of Contents

vmPRO Forfor Virtual Environments

Our virtual environment offerings include vmPRO software and vmPRO appliances. Our vmPRO software provides virtualization data protection software with advanced utilities designed to dramatically improve and simplify virtual data protection in midrange and larger data centers. It works with our DXi family of deduplication products to accelerate backup, restore and disaster recovery protection in data center virtual environments while reducing IT costs. We also offer vmPRO appliances that provide an integrated data protection solution designed to simplify backups in virtual environments. These appliances include both backup software and integrated storage with deduplication in a single solution for small to medium-size businesses and remote offices. The vmPRO appliances optimize virtual machines and accelerate performance by filtering out unassigned, expired and inactive data to reduce overhead on servers, networks and storage.

Scalar Tape Automation Systems

We are thea leading named supplier of tape automation shipmentsproducts and we continue to expand features and capabilitiesfunctionality of our tape library offerings to increase storage capacity and improve performance. Our Scalar tape automation portfolio includes a range of products, from autoloaders with one tape drive and up to sixteen cartridges to large enterprise-class libraries which can hold hundreds of drives and thousands of cartridges. Our tape libraries intelligently manage and protect business critical data in workgroup, medium size business and enterprise data center environments. With an emphasis on ease of use, management features and investment optimization, Scalar tape libraries are designed to grow with business needs. These products integrate tape drives into a system with automation technology, advanced connectivity and sophisticatedmanagement tools, including integrated media integrity analysis in tape drives and library diagnostic systems. We also offer the SuperLoader®3 autoloader designed to maximize data density and performance.



Tying our libraries together from entry-level to enterprise is a common, integrated software called iLayerTMiLayer™, which provides monitoring, alerts and proactive diagnostics, thereby reducing service calls, shortening issue resolution time and decreasing the time users spend managing their tape automation solutions. In addition, we believe the growth in archiving of unstructured data represents a substantial opportunity for tape automation systems. To capitalize on this trend and the changing role of tape automation systems in data protection, we have invested in our enterprise Scalar i6000 and midrange Scalar i500 platforms to provide increased redundancy capabilities. These platforms can be implemented on their own or in an appliance configuration with our StorNext archiving software.

Devices and Media

Our device and media products include removable disk drives and libraries, NAS appliances and tape drives and media. Our RDX® removable and ruggedized disk backup devices combine attributes of disk and tape, with deduplication technology offered in our RDX disk libraries. Our NAS appliance has built-in backup software and deduplication technology, designed to enable businesses to significantly reduce storage requirements and network traffic.

We offer tape drives and media primarily based on the LTO format. The latest generation LTO tape drive technology is capable of storing nearly twice the capacity of the previous generation, while consuming less power. Our LTO family of devices is designed to deliver outstanding performance, capacity and reliability, combining the advantages of linear multi-channel, bidirectionalbi-directional formats with enhancements in servo technology, data compression, track layout and error correction. These LTO tape drives are designed to provide midrange and enterprise customers with disaster recovery and cost-effective backup solutions.

We also sell a full range of storage media offerings to complement each tape drive technology and to satisfy a variety of specific media requirements. Our media includes DLTtape®, LTO Ultrium®, DAT and DDS data cartridges. Our media is compatible with our drives, autoloaders and libraries as well as other industry products.

Cloud Solutions

We offer a software platform to help customers take advantage of cloud-based data protection through a highly optimized, flexible approach designed to overcome the limitations of other cloud offerings. This platform is centered on our vmPRO technology and our virtual deduplication appliance, the DXi V1000TM. Our cloud-based data protection platform leverages our expertise in data protection to deliver a highly efficient, cost-effective foundation for cloud-based backup, restore and data recovery that helps customers transition easily and practically to the cloud on their terms and timeframe. Our approach is based on knowledge that most customers continue to use both disk and tape for data protection on a mix of physical and virtual servers and are more comfortable with a hybrid cloud strategy. This focus on flexibility is reflected in the benefits provided by our cloud-optimized software platform including fast restores;restores, cost-effective disaster recovery and business continuity; secure, multi-tenant cloud support;continuity, significant data reduction and WAN-optimized replication.



Table of Contents

Global Services and Warranty

Our global services strategy is an integral component of our total customer solution. Service is typically a significant purchase factor for customers considering either big data managementscale-out or data protection and storage solutions, and our ability to provide comprehensive service and support can present us with a noteworthy competitive advantage to attract new customers and retain existing customers. In addition, we believe that our ability to retain long-term customer relationships and secure repeat business is frequently tied directly to our service capabilities and performance.

Our extensive use of technology and innovative, built-in product intelligence allows us to scale our global services operations to meet the needs of our expanding installed base. We are currently able to provide service to customers in more than 100 countries, supported by 24-hour, multi-language technical support centers located in North America, Europe and Asia. We provide our customers with warranty coverage on all of our products. Customers with high availability requirements may also purchase additional service to extend the warranty period, obtain faster response times, or both, on our disk systems, tape automation products and software products.StorNext appliances. We offer this additional support coverage at a variety of response levels up to 24-hours a day, seven-days-a-week, 365-days-a-year, for customers with stringent high-availability needs. We provide support ranging from repair and replacement to 24-hour rapid exchange to on-site service support for our midrange and enterprise-class products.



We generally warrant our hardware products against defects for periods ranging from one to three years from the date of sale. We provide warranty and non-warranty repair services fromthrough our Colorado Springs, Colorado facilityservice team and for certain products, through third party service providers. In addition, we utilize various other third party service providers throughout the world to perform repair and warranty services for us to reach additional geographic areas and industries in order to provide quality services in a cost-effective manner.

Research and Development

We compete in an industry characterized by rapid technological change and evolving customer requirements. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to introduce new products and features to meet end user needs. Our research and development teams are working on the next generation disk, tape automation, data deduplication, virtual systems, cloud solutions, object storage solutions, tape automation and big datascale-out storage technologies as well as software solutions to advance these technologies for the big datascale-out storage and archive and the data protection markets to meet changing customer requirements. We continue to focus our efforts on software solutions and integrated software and hardware solutions that offer improvements in the efficiency and cost of storing, moving, managing and protecting large amounts of data and closely integrating our productsproviding solutions for the continuing convergence between backup and archive to provide compelling solutions for our customers.

We continue to invest in research and development to improve and expand our product lines and introduce new product lines, striving to provide superior data protection, including cloud environments, and big data and archivescale-out storage solutions. Research and development costs were $74.3$64.4 million, $73.0$74.0 million, and $69.9$74.3 million for fiscal 2012, 20112014, 2013, and 2010,2012, respectively.

Sales and Distribution Channels

Quantum Branded Sales Channels

For Quantum-branded products, we utilize distributors, VARs and direct marketing resellers. Our integrated Quantum Alliance™ Reseller Program provides our channel partners the option of purchasing products directly or through distribution and provides them access to a more comprehensive product line. Additionally, we sell directly to a select number of large corporate entities and government agencies.

OEM Relationships

We sell our products to several OEM customers that resell our hardware products under their own brand names and typically assume responsibility for product sales, end user service and support. We also license software to certain OEM customers that include this software in their own brand name products. These OEM relationships enable us to reach end users not served by our branded distribution channels or our direct sales force. They also allow us to sell to select geographic or vertical markets where specific OEMs have exceptional strength.

Customers

Our sales are concentrated with several key customers because under our business model, as is typical for our industry, we sell to OEMs, distributors, VARs and DMRs to reach end user customers. Sales to our top five customers represented 31% of revenue in fiscal 2014, 32% of revenue in fiscal 2013, and 34% of revenue in fiscal 2012, 33%2012. No customer accounted for 10% or more of our revenue in fiscal 2011 and 37% of revenue in fiscal 2010. In fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, sales to Dell comprised 10% and 13% of revenue, respectively.2014, 2013 or 2012. Through our Quantum Alliance Reseller Program and our emphasis on growing our branded business, including increasing the independent channel, we are expanding our customer base and continue to distribute our products and services across a larger number of customers.



Table of Contents

Competition

The markets in which we participate are highly competitive, characterized by rapid technological change and changing customer requirements. In some cases, our competitors in one market area are customers or suppliers in another. Our competitors often have greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing or other resources than we do. Additionally, the competitive landscape continues to change due to merger and acquisition activity as well as new entrants into the market.

Our StorNext software and appliance products primarily face competition from EMC Corporation (“EMC”) andInternational, International Business Machines Corporation (“IBM”). Our virtual solutions, vmPRO software, NetApp, Inc. (“NetApp”) andother content storage vendors in the media and appliances, primarily compete with virtualization startupsentertainment industry as well as government agencies and traditional backup applicationvendors.departments. Our cloud solutions face competition from a large number of businesses that provide hardware, software and virtual solutions as well as companies that offer cloud services based on other technology. The Lattus Object Storage solutions primarily compete with object storage solutions from other providers, ranging from startup companies to established companies, such as EMC, as well as large public cloud storage providers.

Our disk solutions primarily compete with products sold by EMC, Hewlett-Packard Company (“HP”), IBM and NetApp, Inc. (“NetApp”).NetApp. Additionally, a number of software companies that have traditionally been partners with us have deduplication features in their products and will, at times, compete with us. A number of our competitors also license technology from other competing companies.

In the tape automation market, we primarily compete for midrange and enterprise reseller and end user business with Dell, IBM, Oracle and OracleSpectraLogic as well as HP through its OEM relationship with other tape automation suppliers. Competitors for entry-level and OEM tape automation business include BDT Products, Inc. and several others that supply or manufacture similar products. In addition, disk backup products are a competitive alternative to tape products and solutions.

At the storage device level, our main competitors are HP and IBM. Both HP and IBM develop and sell their own LTO tape drives, which compete with our device offerings. We also face competition from disk alternatives, including removable disk drives in the entry-level market. Although we have our own removable disk drive offerings, several other companies sell removable disk drives, such as Dell, HP and Imation Corporation.

For a discussion of risks associated with competing technologies, see the Risk Factor in Item 1A titled, “We derive the majority of our revenue from products incorporating tape technology. If competition fromOur future operating results depend in part on continued market acceptance and use of products employing tape technology and decreases in the market could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, if we are unable to compete with new or alternative storage technologies, continues or increases, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.”

Manufacturing

WeDuring fiscal 2014, we transitioned our manufacturing from a model incorporating in-house production and contract manufacturers to a fully outsourced model as part of our strategy to enhance our variable cost structure and provide more flexibility to cost-effectively manage the volume of products manufactured to align with our expectations, including declines in the tape business and growth expectations in disk products and StorNext appliances. As of March 31, 2014 we utilize contract manufacturers to produce a numberour products.

We outsource the manufacture, repair and fulfillment of our products and we manufacture various other products in our own facilities. We manufacture our disk products, vmPRO appliances, StorNext appliances, and certain tape automation systems and perform device and system configuration for our North American customers from our Colorado Springs, Colorado facility. In addition, we perform test and repair for these products in that same facility.

We outsource the manufacture of certain tape automation systems, tape devices and service parts fromto contract manufacturers. Tape drives used in our products are primarily sourced from Hungary and Malaysia.China. Disk drives used in our products are largely sourced from Thailand and China. Certain tape automation system materials and assemblies as well as certain disk system materials and assemblies are sourced in China, Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand and the U.S.



Table of Contents

Our recording tape media is manufactured by one or more tape media manufacturing companies, which are qualified and licensed to manufacture, use and sell media products. In most cases, the media is produced in Japan and multi-sourced on a worldwide basis.

Intellectual Property and Technology

We develop and protect our technology and know-how, principally in the field of data storage. We generally rely on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and contract rights to establish and maintain our proprietary rights in our technology and products. As of March 31, 2012,2014, we hold over 400 U.S. patents and have nearly 100over 90 pending U.S. patent applications. In general, these patents have a 20-year term from the first effective filing date for each patent. We also hold a number of foreign patents and patent applications for certain of our products and technologies. Although we believe that our patents and applications have significant value, rapidly changing technology in our industry means that our future success willmay also depend heavily on the technical competence and creative skills of our employees.



From time to time, third parties have asserted that the manufacture and sale of our products have infringed on their patents. We conduct ongoing investigations into the assertions and presently believe that either licenses are not knowingly infringing any third party patents. Should it ultimately be determined that licenses for third party patents are required, or that any licenses ultimately determinedwe will make best efforts to be required could be obtained on commercially reasonable terms. However, we cannot provide assurance thatobtain such licenses are presently obtainable, or if later determined to be required, could be obtained on commercially reasonable terms. See Item 3 “Legal Proceedings” for additional disclosures regarding an on-going lawsuitlawsuits alleging patent infringement.

On occasion, we have entered into various patent licensing and cross-licensing agreements with other companies. We may enter into patent cross-licensing agreements with other third parties in the future as part of our normal business activities. These agreements, when and if entered into, would enable these third parties to use certain patents that we own and enable us to use certain patents owned by these third parties. We have also sold certain patents, retaining a royalty-free license for these patents.

Segment Information

We operate as a single reporting unit and operating segment for business and operating purposes. Information about revenue attributable to each of our product groups is included in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis and information about revenue and long-lived assets attributable to certain geographic regions is included in Note 15 “Geographic Information” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Seasonality

As is typical in our industry, we have the greatest demand for our products and services in the fourth quarter of each calendar year, or our fiscal third quarter. We usually experience the lowest demand for our products and services in the first and second quarters of each calendar year, or our fiscal fourth quarter and fiscal first quarter, respectively.

Backlog

We manufacture ourOur products are manufactured based on forecasts of customer demand. We also place inventory in strategic locations throughout the world in order to enable certain key customers to obtain products on demand. Orders are generally placed by customers on an as-needed basis. Product orders are confirmed and, in most cases, shipped to customers within one week. More complex systems and product configurations often have longer lead times and may include on-site integration or customer acceptance. We ship mostMost of the backlog that we accumulateaccumulated during any particular fiscal quarter is shipped in the same quarter in which the backlog initially occurs. Therefore, our backlog generally grows during the first part of each fiscal quarter and shrinks during the latter part of the quarter to reach its lowest levels at the end of that same quarter, by which time significant shipments have occurred. As a result, our backlog as of the end of any fiscal quarter is not material and is not a predictor of future sales.

Employees

We had approximately 1,8201,290 employees worldwide as of March 31, 2012.2014.

Available Information

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available free of charge on our website athttp://www.quantum.com generally when such reports are available on theSecurities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) website. The contents of our website are not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.



Table of Contents

The public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC athttp://www.sec.gov.www.sec.gov.



Executive Officers and Management Team

Following are the names and positions of our management team as of May 30, 2014, including a brief account of his or her business experience.

NamePosition with Quantum
Jon W. GacekGacek*President and Chief Executive Officer
Linda M. BreardBreard*Chief Financial Officer
William C. BrittsBritts*Senior Vice President, OperationsWorldwide Sales and Global ServicesMarketing
Robert S. ClarkClark*Senior Vice President, Data Protection GroupProduct Operations
Shawn D. HallHall*Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Janae S. LeeLee*Senior Vice President, File System and ArchiveStrategy
Don MartellaSenior Vice President, Engineering
Jim MuddSenior Vice President, Operations
Henrik RosendahlSenior Vice President, Cloud Solutions
Ted StinsonYves RoumierSenior Vice President, Worldwide SalesGlobal Services and Total Customer Experience
Geoff StedmanSenior Vice President, StorNext Solutions

* Determined by the Board of Directors to be an “officer” for the purposes of Section 16 (a) of the Exchange Act.

Mr. Gacek became President and Chief Executive Officer and was also appointed to the Board of Directors in April 2011. He was President and Chief Operating Officer from January 2011 through March 2011. He joined Quantum as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of Advanced Digital Information Corporation (“ADIC”) and was promoted to Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer in June 2009. Previously, he served as the Chief Financial Officer at ADIC from 1999 to 2006 and also led Operations during his last three years at ADIC. Prior to ADIC, Mr. Gacek was an audit partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and led the Technology Practice in the firm’s Seattle office. While at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, he assisted several private equity investment firms with a number of mergers, acquisitions, leveraged buyouts and other transactions. Mr. Gacek serves on the board of directors for Market Leader, Inc. and Power-One, Inc.

Ms. Breardjoined Quantum as Vice President of Finance in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of ADIC. In May 2009, she was promoted to Senior Vice President and assumed responsibility for IT and Facilities in addition to Finance. In January 2011, Ms. Breard was promoted to Chief Financial Officer, and in April 2012 she added Human Resources and Corporate Communications to her portfolio. Prior to Quantum, she spent eight years at ADIC, serving as Vice President of Finance and Accounting and in other leadership positions, where she was deeply involved in the company’s merger and acquisition activity and success in driving growth. Earlier in her career, Ms. Breard worked in public accounting for six years.

Mr. Brittsjoined Quantum as Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of ADIC. He served in this position until June 2011, when he assumed the role of Senior Vice President, Worldwide Marketing, Service and Business Development. In April 2012, Mr. Britts added Operations to his portfolio and now serves asportfolio. In July 2013, he was named Senior Vice President, OperationsWorldwide Sales and Global Services, with continued responsibility for Worldwide Marketing and Business Development.Marketing. Prior to Quantum, he spent 12 years at ADIC, where he held numerous leadership positions, including Executive Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing, Vice President of Sales and Marketing and Director of Marketing. Before ADIC, Mr. Britts served in a number of marketing and sales positions at Raychem Corp. and its subsidiary, Elo TouchSystems.

Mr. Clarkjoined Quantum as Director of Tape Products in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of ADIC. In March 2009, he was promoted to Vice President with responsibility for various product lines, as well as business operations and OEM sales. In April 2010, he was named Senior Vice President, Tape and OEM Product Group subsequently(subsequently reorganized as the Data Protection Group.Disk and Tape Backup Product Group). In January 2014, Mr. Clark assumed additional responsibility for all Quantum products in a newly named Product Operations organization. Prior to Quantum, Mr. Clark was at HP for 10 years in various engineering and sales positions.



Table of Contents

Mr. Halljoined Quantum in 1999 as Corporate Counsel, became Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in 2001 and was promoted to Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in May 2009. Prior to Quantum, Mr. Hall worked at the law firms of Skadden, Arps and Willkie Farr & Gallagher, where he practiced in the areas of mergers and acquisitions and corporate finance, representing numerous public and private technology companies.

Ms. Leejoined Quantum in October 2007 as Vice President, Marketing and in April 2010 was promoted to Senior Vice President, Disk and Software Products, subsequently reorganized as File System and Archive. In January 2014, she was named to a new position as Senior Vice President, Strategy. She has more than 30 years of experience in the storage industry, including 1012 years working with a variety of companies in data reduction and file system software and hardware. Previously, she was Chief Executive Officer at TimeSpring Software Corporation, Vice President of Product, Marketing and Business Development at Avamar Technologies and a senior sales and marketing executive at both Legato Systems, Inc. and IBM.



Mr. Martellajoined Quantum as Vice President, Automation Engineering in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of ADIC. In June 2010, he was promoted to Senior Vice President, Platform Engineering, and in April 2011 assumed his current role. Before joining Quantum, Mr. Martella served as a Vice President of Engineering and Quality at ADIC, where he spent five years in various leadership positions. Previously, he held engineering positions in the storage and process control industries.

Mr. Muddjoined Quantum in December 2000. Prior to assuming his current role, he served as Vice President, Supply Chain and, before that, Director of Materials. Mr. Mudd has over 30 years of manufacturing experience with high tech companies in the electronic, medical and data storage industries. He has an extensive background in manufacturing operations, having served in executive level positions at companies including Visicom/Coors Ceramics, Telectronics, Inc. and Monolythic Power Systems, Inc.

Mr. Rosendahljoined Quantum as Vice President, Virtualization Systems in June 2011, upon Quantum’s acquisition of Pancetera Software, Inc. (“Pancetera”) and in April 2012 assumed responsibility for cloud solutions, becoming Senior Vice President, Cloud Solutions. Mr. Rosendahl served as Chief Executive Officer at Pancetera from January 2010 until acquired by Quantum. He was the Director of Application Virtualization at VMware, Inc. (“VMware”) from January 2008 to December 2009 and Chief Executive Officer at Thinstall, Inc., from October 2006 until its acquisition by VMware. Previously, Mr. Rosendahl held executive and senior leadership positions at several technology companies in the U.S. and Europe.

Mr. StinsonRoumierjoined Quantum as Vice President, Operations Engineering in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of ADIC. In Sept 2007, he assumed the role of Vice President, Operations and Quality, and in April 2010 was promoted to his current role of Senior Vice President, Global Services and Total Customer Experience. Before joining Quantum, Mr. Roumier held different leadership positions in operations, engineering and quality at ADIC for five years and prior to that at an automotive safety company for ten years.

Mr. Stedmanjoined Quantum as Senior Vice President, Worldwide SalesStorNext Solutions in June 2011. Previously,March 2014. Before joining Quantum, Mr. Stedman served as vice president of marketing at Tintri, Inc., and he was senior vice president and general manager of the Storage Business Unit at Harmonic, Inc. He joined Harmonic in conjunction with its acquisition of Omneon, Inc. where he spent seven years as senior vice president of worldwide marketing. Before Omneon, Mr. Stedman held marketing positions at Symantec Corporation and Veritas Software Corp., prior to its acquisition by Symantec. His most recent position there was Vice President, America Sales – Advanced Technologies, where he led the sales organization responsible for a portfolioseveral technology companies.



Table of high-growth solutions that included data loss prevention, deduplication and archiving. Mr. Stinson also served as Vice President, Strategic Operations at Symantec, where he oversaw business development, alliances, pricing, strategy and strategic marketing organizations for the Data Center Management Group. Before joining Veritas, Mr. Stinson held key senior sales, marketing and product leadership roles at Embark.com, Inc., a SaaS-based solution provider.Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE RISKS DESCRIBED BELOW, TOGETHER WITH ALL OF THE OTHER INFORMATION INCLUDED IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K. THE RISKS ANDUNCERTAINTIESAND UNCERTAINTIES DESCRIBED BELOW ARE NOT THE ONLY ONES FACING QUANTUM. ADDITIONAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES NOT PRESENTLY KNOWN TO US OR THAT WE CURRENTLY BELIEVE ARE CURRENTLY DEEMEDIMMATERIALIMMATERIAL MAY ALSO IMPAIR OUR BUSINESS AND OPERATIONS. THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K CONTAINS “FORWARD-LOOKING” STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. PLEASE SEE PAGE 1 OF THIS REPORT FOR ADDITIONAL DISCUSSION OF THESE FORWARD-LOOKINGSTATEMENTS.FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.

We rely on indirect sales channels to market and sell our branded products. Therefore, the loss of or deterioration in our relationship with one or more of our resellers or distributors, or our inability to establish new indirect sales channels to drive growth of our branded revenue, especially for disk systems and software solutions, could negatively affect our operating results.

We sell the majority of our branded products to value-added resellers, or VARs, and to direct marketing resellers such as CDW Corporation, who in turn sell our products to end users, and to distributors such as Avnet, Inc., Ingram Micro, Inc. and others. The success of these sales channels is hard to predict, particularly over time, and we have no purchase commitments or long-term orders from them that assure us of any baseline sales through these channels. Several of our resellers carry competing product lines that they may promote over our products. A reseller might not continue to purchase our products or market them effectively, and each reseller determines the type and amount of our products that it will purchase from us and the pricing of the products that it sells to end user customers. Establishing new indirect sales channels is an important part of our strategy to drive growth of our branded revenue.

As we introduce new products and solutions, we could negatively impact our relationship with channel partners that historically have sold other products and solutions that now compete with our new offerings. For example, we introduced various StorNext appliance solutions beginning in fiscal 2012 causing us to more directly compete for hardware sales with channel partners that sold other hardware products in conjunction with our StorNext software.



Certain of our contracts with customers contain “most favored nation” pricing provisions mandating that we offer our products to these customers at the lowest price offered to other similarly situated customers. In addition, sales of our enterprise products, and the revenue associated with the on-site service of those products, are somewhat concentrated in specific customers, including government agencies and government-related companies. Any failure of such customers and agencies to continue purchasing products in the same quantities and in the same time frames as they have in the past could affect our operation results. Our operating results could be adversely affected by any number of factors including:

We derive the majority of our revenue from products incorporating tape technology. Our future operating results depend in part on continued market acceptance and use of products employing tape technology and decreases in the market could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, if we are unable to compete with new or alternative storage technologies, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

We derive the majority of our revenue from products that incorporate some form of tape technology and we expect to continue to derive significant revenue from these products in the next several years. As a result, our future operating results depend in part on continued market acceptance and use of products employing tape technology. The use of products employing tape technology has been decreasing and is projected to continue to decrease. Decreased market acceptance or use of products employing tape technology has materially and adversely impacted our business, financial condition and operating results and could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results in the future.



Table of Contents

Disk products as well as various software solutions and alternative technologies continue to gain broader market acceptance. We face risks that our tape customers migrate toward these products and solutions. We are addressing this risk through our own targeted investment in disk systems and other alternative technologies; however, these markets are characterized by rapid innovation, evolving customer demands and strong competition, including competition with several companies who are also significant customers. If we are not successful in our efforts, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

If our products fail to meet our or our customers’ specifications for quality and reliability, we may face liability and reputational or financial harm which may adversely impact our results of operations and our competitive position may suffer.

Although we place great emphasis on product quality, we may from time to time experience problems with the performance of our products, which could result in one or more of the following:

These factors could cause our business, financial condition and results of operations to be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, we face potential liability for performance problems of our products because our end users employ our storage technologies for the storage and backup of important data and to satisfy regulatory requirements. Although we maintain technology errors and omissions liability insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. Any imposition of liability or litigation costs that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of our insurance coverage could harm our business. In addition, we could potentially face claims for product liability from our customers if our products cause property damage or bodily injury. Although we maintain general liability insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. Any imposition of liability or litigation costs that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of our insurance coverage could harm our business.

A large percentage of our sales come from a few customers, some of which are also competitors, and these customers generally have no minimum or long-term purchase commitments. The loss of, or a significant reduction in demand from, one or more key customers could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our sales have been and continue to be concentrated among a few customers because under our business model, we sell to OEMs, distributors, VARs and DMRs to reach end user customers. Furthermore, customers are not obligated to purchase any minimum product volume and our relationships with customers are terminable at will. Revenue from OEM customers has decreased in recent years. If we experience further declines in revenue from OEM customers or any of our other large customers, we could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, certain of our large customers are also our competitors, and such customers could decide to reduce or terminate their purchases of our products for competitive reasons.

Some of our tape and disk products are incorporated into larger storage systems or solutions that are marketed and sold to end users by large OEM customers as well as VARs, channel partners and other distributors. Because of this, we have limited market access to these end users, limiting our ability to reach and influence their purchasing decisions. These market conditions further our reliance on these OEM and other large customers such as distributors and VARs. Thus if they were to significantly reduce, cancel or delay their orders with us, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

A portion of our sales are to various agencies and departments of the U.S. federal government and funding cuts to federal spending can adversely impact our revenue. In fiscal 2014, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 implemented automatic spending cuts beginning March 1, 2013. Between October 1 and October 16, 2013, the U.S. government partial shutdown caused reductions, cancellations and delayed orders. Future spending cuts by the U.S. federal government could decrease revenue from sales to the federal government that could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.



Table of Contents

Our operating results depend on a limited number of products and on new product introductions, which may not be successful, in which case our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

A limited number of products comprise a significant majority of our sales, and due to rapid technological change in the industry, our future operating results depend on our ability to develop and successfully introduce new products. To compete effectively, we must continually improve existing products and introduce new ones. We have devoted and expect to continue to devote considerable management and financial resources to these efforts. We cannot provide assurance that:

If we are not successful in timely completion of our new product qualifications and then ramping sales to our key customers, our revenue and results of operations could be adversely impacted. In addition, if the quality of our products is not acceptable to our customers, this could result in customer dissatisfaction, lost revenue and increased warranty and repair costs.

We continue to face risks related to economic uncertainty and slow economic growth.

Uncertainty about economic conditions poses a risk as businesses may further reduce or postpone spending in response to reduced budgets, tightening of credit markets, negative financial news and declines in income or asset values which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The slow economic growth in recent years along with periods of economic uncertainty in various countries around the world has had a material and adverse impact on our business and our financial condition. In particular, we have experienced reduced demand for IT products and services overall and more specifically for products with tape technology in the data protection market. We continue to face risks related to economic conditions in Europe, including concerns about sovereign debt and related political matters, which could negatively impact the U.S. and global economies and adversely affect our financial results. In addition, our ability to access capital markets may be restricted which could have an impact on our ability to react to changing economic and business conditions and could also adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Competition may intensify in the data protection market as a result of competitors introducing products based on new technology standards and merger and acquisition activity, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our competitors in the data protection market for disk systems and virtual machine solutions are aggressively trying to advance and develop new technologies and products to compete against our technologies and products, and we face the risk that customers could choose competitor products over ours due to these features and technologies.ours. Competition in theseour markets is characterized by technological innovation and advancement. As a result of competition and new technology standards, our sales or gross margins could decline, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Technological developments and competition over the years in the tape automation market has resulted in decreased prices for tape automation products and product offerings. Pricing pressure is more pronounced in the tape automation market for entry-level products and least pronounced for enterprise products. Similar to our competitors,Over time, the prices of our products may be priced lower and competitor products have decreased, but such products often incorporate new and/or different features and technologies than prior years. We face risks that customers could choose competitor products over ours due to these features and technologies or due to pricing differences. We have managed pricing pressure by reducing production costs and/or adding features to increase value to maintain a certain level of gross margin for our tape automation systems. IfHowever, certain of our costs are fixed in the short term, so we may not be able to offset price decreases or reductions in demand sufficiently to maintain our profitability. In addition, if competition further intensifies, or if there is additional industry consolidation, our sales and gross margins for tape automation systems could decline, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.



Table of Contents

Industry consolidation and competing technologies with device products, which include tape drives and removable hard drives, have resulted in decreased prices and increasingly commoditized device products. Our response has been to manage our device business at the material margin level and we have chosen not to compete for sales in intense price-based situations or if we would be unable to maintain a certain gross margin level. Our focus has shifted to higher margin opportunities in other product lines. Although revenue from devices has decreased in recent years, our material margins have remained relatively stable over this period. We have exited certain portions of the device market and have anticipated decreased sales of devices. We face risk of reduced shipments of our devices beyond our plans, and could have reduced margins on these products, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, the competitive landscape could change due to merger and acquisition activity in the data protection market. Such transactions may impact us in a number of ways. For instance, they could result in:

These transactions also create uncertainty and disruption in the market given that it is often unknownbecause whether a pending transaction will be completed, the timing of such a transaction and its degree of impact.impact are often unknown. Given these factors and others, such merger and acquisition activity may materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Competition may intensify in the big datascale-out storage and archive market as a result of competitors introducing products based on new technology standards and merger and acquisition activity,market consolidation, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Competition in the big datascale-out storage and archive market is characterized by technological innovation and advancement, including performance and scale features, and our competitors are aggressively trying to advance and develop new technologies and solutions. We face the riskIf we are unable to compete effectively in these markets and develop solutions that customers could choose competitor solutions over ours due to thesehave features and technologies. As a result of competition andtechnologies that our customers desire, including new technology standards, our sales from software solutions and appliances could decline, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, the competitive landscape could change due to mergermergers and acquisition activity, such as the acquisition of Isilon Systems, Inc. by EMC.acquisitions among our competitors, customers and partners. Transactions such as these may impact us in a number of ways. For instance, they could result in:

These transactions also create uncertainty and disruption in the market, given that it is often unknownbecause whether a pending transaction will be completed, the timing of such a transaction and its degree of impact.impact are often unknown. Given these factors and others, such merger and acquisition activity may materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.



Our royalties, branded software and OEM deduplication software revenues are relatively profitable and can significantly impact total company profitability. A significant decline in media royalty, branded software or OEM deduplication software revenues could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our media royalties, branded software and OEM deduplication software revenues are relatively profitable and can significantly impact total company profitability. We receive media royalty revenue based on tape media cartridges sold by various tape media manufacturers and resellers. Under our license agreements with these companies, each of the licensees determines the pricing and number of units of tape media cartridges that it sells. Our media royalty revenue varies depending on the level of sales of the various media cartridge offerings sold by the licensees and other factors, including:



Table of Contents

Our media royalties depend on royalty rates and the quantity of media consumed in the market. We do not control licensee sales of these tape media cartridges. Reduced royalty rates, or a reduced installed device base using tape media cartridges, would result in further reductions in our media royalty revenue and could reduce gross margins. This could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our branded software revenues are also dependent on many factors, including the success of competitive offerings, our ability to execute on our product roadmap and our effectiveness at marketing and selling our branded software solutions directly or through our channel partners. Disruptions to any one of these factors could reduce our branded software revenues, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our OEM deduplication software revenues also depend on many factors, including the success of competitive offerings, our ability to execute on our product roadmap with our OEM deduplication software partners, the effort of our OEM deduplication software partners in marketing and selling the resulting products, the market acceptance of the resulting products and changes in the competitive landscape, such as that which occurred with EMC’s purchaseincluding the impact of Data Domain. Our relationship with EMC changed from partner to competitor in deduplication as a result of their acquisition of Data Domain. Following this acquisition, except for the first quarter of fiscal 2011 whenacquisitions. At various times, we had significant revenue was recognized in accordance with contractual requirements,from OEM deduplication software revenue and at times we had negligible revenue from OEM deduplication software, which negatively impacted our results. Any further disruptions to the factors on which our OEM deduplication software revenue has significantly declined, which has negatively impacted our results.

We derive the majority of our revenue from products incorporating tape technology. If we are unable to compete with new or alternative storage technologies,revenues depends could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating resultsresults.

Some of our products contain licensed, third-party technology that provides important product functionality and features. The loss or inability to obtain any such license could be materially and adversely affected.have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our products may contain technology licensed from third parties that provides important product functionality and features. For example, our Lattus product family contains technology licensed from a private, international company. We derivehave contractual protections within our license agreements to help mitigate against the majorityrisks of incorporating third-party technology into our products. However, there remains a risk that we may not have continued access to this technology, for instance if the licensing company ceased to exist, either from bankruptcy, dissolution or purchase by a competitor. In addition, legal actions, such as intellectual property actions, brought against the licensing company could impact our future access to the technology. We also have limited control of the technology roadmap and cannot ensure that the licensing company will advance the roadmap of the licensed technology in the manner best for Quantum. Any of these actions could negatively impact our technology licensing, thereby reducing the functionality and/or features of our revenue from products, that incorporate some form of tape technology and we expect to continue to derive significant revenue from these products in the next several years. As a result, our future operating results depend in part on continued market acceptance and use of products employing tape technology. Disk products as well as various software solutions and alternative technologies continue to gain broader market acceptance. We face risks that our tape customers migrate toward these products and solutions.

We are addressing this risk through our own targeted investment in disk systems and other alternative technologies; however, these markets are characterized by rapid innovation, evolving customer demands and strong competition, including competition with several companies who are also significant customers. If we are not successful in our efforts, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

A large percentage of our sales come from a few customers, some of which are also competitors, and these customers generally have no minimum or long-term purchase commitments. The loss of, or a significant reduction in demand from, one or more key customers could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our sales have been and continue We also face the risk of not being able to be concentrated amongquickly implement a few customers because under our business model, we sell to OEMs, distributors, VARs and DMRs to reach end user customers. Furthermore, customers arereplacement technology or otherwise mitigating the risks associated with not obligated to purchase any minimum product volume and our relationships with customers are terminable at will. Revenue from OEM customers has decreased in recent years. If we experience further declines in revenue from OEM customers or any of our other large customers, we could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, certain of our large customers are also our competitors, and such customers could decide to reduce or terminate their purchases of our products for competitive reasons. 



Some of our tape and disk products are incorporated into larger storage systems or solutions that are marketed and sold to end users by our large OEM customers as well as our VARs, channel partners and other distributors. Because of this, we have limited markethaving access to these end users, limiting our ability to reach and influence their purchasing decisions. These market conditions further our reliance on these OEM and other large customers such as distributors and VARs. Thus if they were to significantly reduce, cancel or delay their orders with us, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We continue to face risks related to the slow economic recovery.

The economic crisis in the U.S. and global financial markets in 2008 and 2009 had a material and adverse impact on our business and our financial condition, including reduced demand for our products and concerns about our ability to access capital markets. The initial impact of this economic crisis was reflected in our results for the third quarter of fiscal 2009. We continue to face risks related to the slow economic recovery, including risks related to economic conditions in Europe. In addition, concerns about the potential default of various national bonds and debt backed by individual countries as well the politics impacting these, could negatively impact the U.S. and global economies and adversely affect our financial results. Uncertainty about economic conditions poses a risk as businesseslicensed technology, which may further reduce or postpone spending in response to reduced budgets, tight credit, negative financial news and declines in income or asset values which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our ability to access capital markets may be restricted which could have an impact on our ability to react to changing economic and business conditions and could also adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

If our products fail to meet our or our customers’ specifications for quality and reliability, our results of operations may be adversely impacted and our competitive position may suffer.

Although we place great emphasis on product quality, we may from time to time experience problems with the performance of our products, which could result in one or more of the following:

  • Increased costs related to fulfillment of our warranty obligations;
  • The reduction, delay or cancellation of orders or the return of a significant amount of products;
  • Focused failure analysis causing distraction of the sales, operations and management teams; or
  • The loss of reputation in the market and customer goodwill.

These factors could cause our business, financial condition and results of operations to be materially and adversely affected.operating results.

We have taken considerable steps towards reducing our cost structure and may take further cost reduction actions. The steps we have taken and may take in the future may not reduce our cost structure to a level appropriate in relation to our future sales and therefore, these anticipated cost reductions may be insufficient to result in consistent profitability.

In the last several years, we have recorded significant restructuring charges and made cash payments in order to reduce our cost of sales and operating expenses to rationalize our operations following past acquisitions, to respond to adverse economic and industry conditions, and from strategic management decisions.decisions and to rationalize our operations following acquisitions. These restructurings may result in decreases to our revenues or adversely affect our ability to grow our business in the future. We may take future steps to further reduce our operating costs, including future cost reduction steps or restructurings in response to strategic decisions, adverse changes in our business or industry or future acquisitions. We may be unable to reduce our cost of sales and operating expenses at a rate and to a level appropriate in relation to our future sales, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we are unable to attract and retain skilled employees, our business could be adversely impacted.

We may be subject to increased turnover in our employee base or the inability to fill open headcount requisitions due to competition, concerns about our operational performance or other factors. In addition, we may rely on the performance of employees whose skill sets are not sufficiently developed to completely realize thefulfill their expected fulfillment of their job responsibilities. Either of these situations could impair or delay our ability to realize operational and strategic objectives and cause increased expenses and lost sales opportunities.



Table of Contents

Additionally, over the last several years, we made certain changes in strategic direction focusing on key technology segments. As part of this change in focus, we reduced costs of revenue and other operating expenses. Executing on this new strategic direction as well as the ongoing efficiency initiatives across the company could adversely affect our ability to retain and hire key personnel and may result in reduced productivity by our employees.

The loss of the services of any of our key employees, the inability to attract or retain qualified talent in the future, or delays in hiring required talent, particularly sales and engineering talent, could delay the development and introduction of our products or services and/or negatively affect our ability to sell our products or services.

Economic or other business factors may lead us to write down the carrying amount of our goodwill or long-lived assets, such as the goodwill impairment charge in fiscal 2009, which could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations.

We evaluate our goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, or more frequently when indicators of impairment are present. Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate impairment might exist. We continue to monitor relevant market and economic conditions, including the price of our stock, and perform appropriate impairment reviews when conditions deteriorate such that we believe the value of our goodwill could be further impaired or an impairment exists in our long-lived assets. It is possible that conditions could deteriorate due to economic or other factors that affect our business, resulting in the need to write down the carrying amount of our goodwill or long-lived assets to fair value at the time of such assessment. For example, in fiscal 2009, we had a goodwill impairment charge of $339 million. As a result of any impairment charge, our operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

Third party intellectual property infringement claims could result in substantial liability and significant costs, and, as a result, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

From time to time, third parties allege our infringement of and need for a license under their patented or other proprietary technology, such as our current litigation with CTS SolutionsCrossroads Systems, Inc. described in Item 3 below.Legal Proceedings. While we currently believe the amount of ultimate liability, if any, with respect to any such actions will not materially affect our financial position, results of operations or liquidity, the ultimate outcome of any license discussion or litigation is uncertain. Adverse resolution of any third party infringement claim could subject us to substantial liabilities and require us to refrain from manufacturing and selling certain products. In addition, the costs incurred in intellectual property litigation can be substantial, regardless of the outcome. As a result, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, certain products or technologies acquired or developed by us may include “open source” software. Open source software is typically licensed for use at no initial charge. Certain open source software licenses, however, require users of the open source software to license to others any software that is based on, incorporates or interacts with, the open source software under the terms of the open source license. Although we endeavor to comply fully with such requirements, third parties could claim that we are required to license larger portions of our software than we believe we are required to license under open source software licenses. If such claims were successful, they could adversely impact our competitive position and financial results by providing our competitors with access to sensitive information that may help them develop competitive products. In addition, our use of open source software may harm our business and subject us to intellectual property claims, litigation or proceedings in the future because:

  • Open source license terms may be ambiguous and may subject us to unanticipated obligations regarding ourproducts, technologies and intellectual property;
  • Open source software generally cannot be protected under trade secret law; and
  • It may be difficult for us to accurately determine the origin of the open source code and whether the open sourcesoftware infringes, misappropriates or violates third party intellectual property or other rights.


Table of Contents

As a result of our global manufacturing and sales operations, we are subject to a variety of risks that are uniquerelated to businesses with international operationsour business outside of a similar scope,the U.S., any of which could, individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on our business.

A significant portion of our manufacturing and sales operations and supply chain occurs in countries other than the U.S. We also have sales outside the U.S. We utilize contract manufacturers to produce certain ofand fulfill orders for our products and have suppliers for various components, several of which have operations located in foreign countries including China, Hungary, Japan, Malaysia, Singapore and Thailand. Because of these operations, we are subject to a number of risks including:

  • Reduced or limited protection of our intellectual property;
  • Commercial laws that favor local businesses;
  • Exposure to economic fluctuations including continuing sovereign debt risk;
  • Shortages in component parts and raw materials;
  • Import and export and trade regulation changes that could erode our profit margins or restrict our ability to transportour products;
  • The burden and cost of complying with foreign and U.S. laws governing corporate conduct outside the U.S.; includingthe Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;


  • Adverse movement of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar (the currency in which our results are reported) andglobal economic conditions generally;
  • Inflexible employee contracts and employment laws that may make it difficult to terminate or change thecompensation structure for employees in some foreign countries in the event of business downturns;
  • Potential restrictions on the transfer of funds between countries;
  • Political, military, social and infrastructure risks, especially in emerging or developing economies;
  • Import and export duties and value-added taxes; and
  • Natural disasters, including earthquakes, flooding, typhoons and tsunamis.tsunamis; and
  • Cultural differences that affect the way we do business.

Any or all of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our quarterly operating results could fluctuate significantly, and past quarterly operating results should not be used to predict future performance.

Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past and could fluctuate significantly in the future. As a result, our quarterly operating results should not be used to predict future performance. Quarterly operating results could be materially and adversely affected by a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

  • Fluctuations in IT spending, including as a result of economic conditions or fluctuations in U.S. federal governmentspending;
  • Failure by our contract manufacturers to complete shipments in the last month of a quarter during which a substantial portionsubstantialportion of our products aretypicallyare typically shipped;
  • Customers canceling, reducing, deferring or rescheduling significant orders as a result of excess inventory levels, weakeconomic conditions or other factors;
  • CustomerSeasonality, including customer fiscal year-ends and budget availability impacting customer demand for our products;
  • Declines in royalty revenues;large orders defined as orders greater than $200,000;
  • Declines in royalty or software revenues;
  • Product development and ramp cycles and product performance or quality issues;issues of ours or our competitors;
  • Poor execution of and performance against expected sales and marketing plans and strategies;
  • Reduced demand from our OEM or distribution, VAR, DMR and other large customers;
  • Increased competition which may, among other things, increase pricing pressure or reduce sales;
  • Failure to meet the expectations of investors or analysts; and
  • Increased competition.Restructuring actions or unexpected costs.

If we fail to meet our projected quarterly results, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

If we fail to protect our intellectual property or if others use our proprietary technology without authorization, our competitive position may suffer.

Our future success and ability to compete depends in part on our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark, and trade secrets laws and nondisclosure agreements to establish and protect our proprietary technology. However, we cannot provide assurance that patents will be issued with respect to pending or future patent applications that we have filed or plan to file or that our patents will be upheld as valid or will prevent the development of competitive products or that any actions we have taken will adequately protect our intellectual property rights. We generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, customers, potential customers, contract manufacturers and others as required, in which we strictly limit access to, and distribution of, our software, and further limit the disclosure and use of our proprietary information.



Table of Contents

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain or use our products or technology. Enforcing our intellectual property rights can sometimes only be accomplished through the use of litigation, such as in the litigation with Riverbed Technology, Inc. settled in fiscal 2009.litigation. Our competitors may also independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S.



Because we may order components from suppliers in advance of receipt of customer orders for our products whichthat include these components, we could face a material inventory risk if we fail to accurately forecast demand for our products or manage production, which could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

Although we use third parties to manufacture certainmost of our products, in some cases we also manufacture products in-house. Managing our in-housemay retain the responsibility to purchase component inventory to support third party manufacturing capabilitiesactivities, which presents a number of risks that could materially and adversely affect our financial condition. For instance, as part of our component planning, we may place orders with or pay certain suppliers for components in advance of receipt of customer orders. We may occasionally enter into negotiated orders with vendors early in the manufacturing process of our products to ensure that we have sufficient components for our products to meet anticipated customer demand. Because the design and manufacturing process for these components can be complicated, it is possible that we could experience a design or manufacturing flaw that could delay or even prevent the production of the components for which we previously committed to pay. We also face the risk of ordering too many components, or conversely, not enough components, since supply orders are generally based on forecasts of customer orders rather than actual customer orders. In addition, in some cases, we may make non-cancelable order commitments to our suppliers for work-in-progress, supplier’s finished goods, custom sub-assemblies, discontinued (end-of-life) components and Quantum-unique raw materials that are necessary to meet our lead times for finished goods. If we cannot change or be released from supply orders, we could incur costs from the purchase of unusable components, either due to a delay in the production of the components or other supplies or as a result of inaccurately predicting supply orders in advance of customer orders. These same risks exist with our third party contract manufacturing partners. Our business and operating results could be materially and adversely affected if we incur increased costs, or are unable to fulfill customer orders.

In addition, several of our disk drive suppliers as well as suppliers of other components for our tape automation products with operations in Thailand were impacted by flooding in October 2011, which has affected those suppliers’ ability to manufacture a sufficient number of drives and components in order to meet the demands of their customers, including us. Certain suppliers have also announced anticipated price increases for available drives. Continued supply shortages and pricing complexities could materially and adversely affect our supply chain, customer relationships and results of operations. Although we have purchased a supply of hard disk drives to meet estimated demand for the near term, our business and operating results could be materially and adversely affected if we incur increased costs or are unable to meet customer demand.

Some of ourOur manufacturing, component production and service repair are outsourced to third party contract manufacturers, component suppliers and service providers. If we cannot obtain products, parts and services from these third parties in a cost effective and timely manner that meets our customers’ expectations, this could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Many aspects of our supply chain and operational results are dependent on the performance of third party business partners. We increased the use of third party contract manufacturers, service providers and/or product integrators in fiscal 2014. We face a number of risks as a result of these relationships, including, among others:



Table of Contents

Any or all of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business. In the past we have successfully transitioned products or component supply from one supplier or manufacturing location to another existing supplier of different products or to our own facilities without significant financial or operational impact, but there is no guarantee of our continued ability to do so.

If we do not successfully manage the changes that we have made and may continue to make to our infrastructure and management, our business could be disrupted, and that could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Managing change is an important focus for us. In recent years, we have implemented several significant initiatives involving our sales and marketing, engineering and operations organizations, aimed at increasing our efficiency and better aligning these groups with our corporate strategy. In addition, we have reduced headcount to streamline and consolidate our supporting functions as appropriate following past acquisitions and in response to market or competitive conditions.conditions and following past acquisitions and are increasing our reliance on certain third party business relationships. Our inability to successfully manage the changes that we implement, and detect and address issues as they arise could disrupt our business and adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Our stock price could become more volatile if certain institutional investors were to increase or decrease the number of shares they own. In addition, there are other factors and events that could affect the trading prices of our common stock.

A small number of institutional investors have owned a significant portion of our common stock at various times in recent years. If any or all of these investors were to decide to purchase significant additional shares or to sell significant amounts or all of the common shares they currently own, that may cause our stock price to be more volatile. For example, there have been instances in the past where a shareholder with a significant equity position began to sell shares, putting downward pressure on our stock price for the duration of their selling activity. In these situations, selling pressure outweighed buying demand and our stock price declined. This situation has occurred due to our stock price falling below institutional investors’ price thresholds and our volatility increasing beyond investors’ volatility parameters causing even greater sell pressure. The opposite has also occurred whereby a shareholder purchases a significant equity position, creating demand for our common stock and an increased stock price.

Trading prices of our common stock may fluctuate in response to a number of other events and factors, such as:



Any of these events and factors may cause our stock price to rise or fall and may adversely affect our business and financing opportunities.

Our design and production processes are subject to safety and environmental regulations which could lead to increased costs, or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to a variety of laws and regulations relating to, among other things, the use, storage, discharge and disposal of materials and substances used in our facilities and manufacturing processes as well as the safety of our employees and the public. Directives first introduced in the European Union impose a “take back” obligation on manufacturers for the financing of the collection, recovery and disposal of electrical and electronic equipment and restrict the use of certain potentially hazardous materials, including lead and some flame retardants, in electronic products and components. Other jurisdictions in the U.S. and internationally have since introduced similar requirements, and we anticipate that future regulations might further restrict allowable materials in our products, require the establishment of additional recycling or take back programs or mandate the measurement and reduction of carbon emissions into the environment. We have implemented procedures and will likely continue to introduce new processes to comply with current and future safety and environmental legislation. However, measures taken now or in the future to comply with such legislation may adversely affect our manufacturing or personnel costs or product sales by requiring us to acquire costly equipment or materials, redesign production processes or to incur other significant expenses in adapting our manufacturing programs or waste disposal and emission management processes. Furthermore, safety or environmental claims or our failure to comply with present or future regulations could result in the assessment of damages or imposition of fines against us, or the suspension of affected operations, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to many laws and regulations, and violation of or changes in those requirements could materially and adversely affect our business.

We are subject to numerous U.S. and international laws regarding corporate conduct, fair competition, preventing corruption and import and export practices, including requirements applicable to U.S. government contractors. While we maintain a rigorous corporate ethics and compliance program, we may be subject to increased regulatory scrutiny, significant monetary fines or penalties, suspension of business opportunities or loss of jurisdictional operating rights as a result of any failure to comply with those requirements. We may also be exposed to potential liability resulting from our business partners’ violation of these requirements. In addition, U.S. regulatory agencies have recently introduced new enforcement efforts that may proactively seek conduct-related information from companies operating in certain targeted industries or locations, without regard for whether potential violations have been identified. If we were to receive such an information request, we may incur increased personnel and legal costs in order to adequately review and respond to the request. Further our U.S. and international business models are based on currently applicable regulatory requirements and exceptions. Changes in those requirements or exceptions could necessitate changes to our business model. Any of these consequences could materially and adversely impact our business and operating results.

We may be sued by our customers as a result of failures in our products.

We face potential liability for performance problems of our products because our end users employ our storage technologies for the storage and backup of important data and to satisfy regulatory requirements. Although we maintain technology errors and omissions insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. Any imposition of liability or accrual of litigation costs that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of our insurance coverage could harm our business. In addition, we could potentially face claims for product liability from our customers if our products cause property damage or bodily injury. Although we maintain general liability insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. Any imposition of liability or accrual of litigation costs that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of our insurance coverage could harm our business.



We must maintain appropriate levels of service parts inventories. If we do not have sufficient service parts inventories, we may experience increased levels of customer dissatisfaction. If we hold excessive service parts inventories, we may incur financial losses.

We maintain levels of service parts inventories to satisfy future warranty obligations and also to earn service revenue by providing enhanced and extended warranty and repair service during and beyond the warranty period. We estimate the required amount of service parts inventories based on historical usage and forecasts of future warranty requirements, including estimates of failure rates and costs to repair, and out of warranty revenue. Given the significant levels of judgment inherently involved in the process, we cannot provide assurance that we will be able to maintain appropriate levels of service parts inventories to satisfy customer needs and to avoid financial losses from excess service parts inventories. If we are unable to maintain appropriate levels of service parts inventories, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely impacted.

Because we rely heavily on distributors and other resellers to market and sell our products, if one or more distributors were to experience a significant deterioration in its financial condition or its relationship with us, this could disrupt the distribution of our products and reduce our revenue, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

In certain product and geographic segments we heavily utilize distributors and value added resellers to perform the functions necessary to market and sell our products. To fulfill this role, the distributor must maintain an acceptable level of financial stability, creditworthiness and the ability to successfully manage business relationships with the customers it serves directly. Under our distributor agreements with these companies, each of the distributors determines the type and amount of our products that it will purchase from us and the pricing of the products that it sells to its customers. If the distributor is unable to perform in an acceptable manner, we may be required to reduce the amount of sales of our product to the distributor or terminate the relationship. We may also incur financial losses for product returns from distributors or for the failure or refusal of distributors to pay obligations owed to us. Either scenario could result in fewer of our products being available to the affected market segments, reduced levels of customer satisfaction and/or increased expenses, which could in turn have a material and adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We have significant indebtedness, which imposes upon us debt service obligations, and our credit facility contains various operating and financial covenants that limit our discretion in the operation of our business. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from operations to meet these debt obligations or remain in compliance with the covenants, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

Our level of indebtedness presents risks to investors, both in terms of the constraints that it places on our ability to operate our business and because of the possibility that we may not generate sufficient cash to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness as it becomes due. For a description of our outstanding debt, see Liquidity and Capital Resources in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and/or Note 8 “Convertible Subordinated Debt and Long-term Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.



Table of Contents

As a result of our indebtedness:

Our credit facility agreement contains restrictive covenants that require us to comply with and maintain certain financial tests and ratios, as well as restrict our ability, subject to certain thresholds, to:

Our ability to comply with covenants contained in this credit agreement may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions.

Our credit facility agreement is collateralized by a pledge of all of our assets. If we were to default and were unable to obtain a waiver for such a default, the lender would have a right to foreclose on our assets in order to satisfy our obligations under the credit agreement. Any such action on the part of the lender against us could have a materially adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our stock price could become more volatile if certain institutional investors were to increase or decrease the number of shares they own. In addition, there are other factors and events that could affect the trading prices of our common stock.

A small number of institutional investors have owned a significant portion of our common stock at various times in recent years. If any or all of these investors were to decide to purchase significant additional shares or to sell significant amounts or all of the common shares they currently own, or if there is a perception that those sales may occur, that may cause our stock price to be more volatile. For example, there have been instances in the past where a shareholder with a significant equity position began to sell shares, putting downward pressure on our stock price for the duration of their selling activity. In these situations, selling pressure outweighed buying demand and our stock price declined. This situation has occurred due to our stock price falling below institutional investors’ price thresholds and our volatility increasing beyond investors’ volatility parameters causing even greater selling pressure.

Trading prices of our common stock may fluctuate in response to a number of other events and factors, such as:

Any of these events and factors may cause our stock price to rise or fall and may adversely affect our business and financing opportunities.



Table of Contents

Our design processes are subject to safety and environmental regulations which could lead to increased costs, or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to a variety of laws and regulations relating to, among other things, the use, storage, discharge and disposal of materials and substances used in our facilities as well as the safety of our employees and the public. Current regulations in the U.S. and various international jurisdictions restrict the use of certain potentially hazardous materials used in electronic products and components (including lead and some flame retardants) impose a “take back” obligation on manufacturers for the financing of the collection, recovery and disposal of electrical and electronic equipment and require extensive investigation into and disclosure regarding certain minerals used in our supply chain. We have implemented procedures and will likely continue to introduce new processes to comply with current and future safety and environmental legislation. However, measures taken now or in the future to comply with such legislation may adversely affect our personnel costs or product sales by requiring us to acquire costly equipment or materials, redesign processes or to incur other significant expenses in adapting our waste disposal and emission management processes. Furthermore, safety or environmental claims or our failure to comply with present or future regulations could result in the assessment of damages or imposition of fines against us, or the suspension of affected operations, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to many laws and regulations, and violation of or changes in those requirements could materially and adversely affect our business.

We are subject to numerous U.S. and international laws regarding corporate conduct, fair competition, preventing corruption and import and export practices, including requirements applicable to U.S. government contractors. In addition, the SEC has adopted disclosure rules related to the supply of certain minerals originating from the conflict zones of the Democratic Republic of Congo or adjoining countries, and we may incur costs to comply with such regulations and may realize other costs relating to the sourcing and availability of minerals used in our products. While we maintain a rigorous corporate ethics and compliance program, we may be subject to increased regulatory scrutiny, significant monetary fines or penalties, suspension of business opportunities or loss of jurisdictional operating rights as a result of any failure to comply with those requirements. We may also be exposed to potential liability resulting from our business partners’ violation of these requirements. If we were to be subject to a compliance investigation, we may incur increased personnel and legal costs. Further, our U.S. and international business models are based on currently applicable regulatory requirements and exceptions. Changes in those requirements or exceptions could necessitate changes to our business model. Any of these consequences could materially and adversely impact our business and operating results.

We may be sued by our customers as a result of failures in our products.

We face potential liability for performance problems of our products because our end users employ our storage technologies for the storage and backup of important data and to satisfy regulatory requirements. Although we maintain technology errors and omissions liability insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. Any imposition of liability or accrual of litigation costs that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of our insurance coverage could harm our business. In addition, we could potentially face claims for product liability from our customers if our products cause property damage or bodily injury. Although we maintain general liability insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. Any imposition of liability or accrual of litigation costs that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of our insurance coverage could harm our business.

We must maintain appropriate levels of service parts inventories. If we do not have sufficient service parts inventories, we may experience increased levels of customer dissatisfaction. If we hold excessive service parts inventories, we may incur financial losses.

We maintain levels of service parts inventories to satisfy future warranty obligations and also to earn service revenue by providing enhanced and extended warranty and repair service during and beyond the warranty period. We estimate the required amount of service parts inventories based on historical usage and forecasts of future warranty requirements, including estimates of failure rates and costs to repair, and out of warranty revenue. Given the significant levels of judgment inherently involved in the process, we cannot provide assurance that we will be able to maintain appropriate levels of service parts inventories to satisfy customer needs and to avoid financial losses from excess service parts inventories. If we are unable to maintain appropriate levels of service parts inventories, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely impacted.



Table of Contents

From time to time we have made acquisitions. The failure to successfully integrate future acquisitions could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

As a part of our business strategy, we have in the past and may make acquisitions in the future, subject to certain debt covenants. We may also make significant investments in complementary companies, products or technologies. If we fail to successfully integrate such acquisitions or significant investments, it could harm our business, financial condition and operating results. Risks that we may face in our efforts to integrate any recent or future acquisitions include, among others:



Acquisitions present many risks, and we may not realize the financial and strategic goals that were contemplated at the time of any transaction. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to successfully integrate any business, products, technologies or personnel that we may acquire in the future, and our failure to do so could negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our capital structure includes debt, which imposes upon us debt service obligationsIf the average closing price of our common stock were to drop below $1.00 per share over a consecutive thirty trading-day period, we would be out of compliance with NYSE Euronext (“NYSE”) rules, and our credit facility contains various operating and financial covenants that limit our discretion incommon stock could be delisted from trading on the operation of our business. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from operations to meet these debt obligations or remain in compliance with the covenants our business, financial condition and operating resultsNYSE, which could be materially and adversely affected.impair the liquidity and value of our common stock.

Our level of indebtedness presents risks to investors, both in terms ofDuring fiscal 2014, the constraints that it places on our ability to operate our business and because of the possibility that we may not generate sufficient cash to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness as it becomes due.

Potential consequences of having debt include:

Our credit facility agreement contains restrictive covenants that require us to comply with and maintain certain financial tests and ratios, as well as restrict our ability, subject to certain thresholds, to:

Our ability to comply with covenants contained in this credit agreement may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions.

Our credit facility agreement is collateralized by a pledge of all of our assets. If we werestockholders to default and were unablesell any of our common stock at all would be severely, if not completely, limited, causing our stock price to obtain a waiver for such a default, the lender would have a right to foreclose on our assets in order to satisfy our obligations under the credit agreement. Any such action on the part of the lender against us could have a materially adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.decline further.



If the future outcomes related to the estimates used in recording tax liabilities to various taxing authorities result in higher tax liabilities than estimated, then we would have to record tax charges, which could be material.

We have provided amounts and recorded liabilities for probable and estimable tax adjustments that may be proposed by various taxing authorities in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. If events occur that indicate payments of these amounts will be less than estimated then reversals of these liabilities would create tax benefits being recognized in the periods when we determine the liabilities have reduced. Conversely, if events occur which indicate that payments of these amounts will be greater than estimated, then tax charges and additional liabilities would be recorded. In particular, various foreign jurisdictions could challenge the characterization or transfer pricing of certain intercompany transactions. In the event of an unfavorable outcome of such challenge, there exists the possibility of a material tax charge and adverse impact on the results of operations in the period in which the matter is resolved or an unfavorable outcome becomes probable and estimable.



Table of Contents

Certain changes in stock ownership could result in a limitation on the amount of net operating loss and tax credit carryovers that can be utilized each year. Should we undergo such a change in stock ownership, it would severely limit the usage of these carryover tax attributes against future income, resulting in additional tax charges, which could be material.

We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, and an adverse change in foreign currency exchange rates relative to our position in such currencies could have a materially adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We do not currently use derivative financial instruments for foreign currency hedging or speculative purposes. We have used in the past, and may use in the future, foreign currency forward contracts to hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rates. To the extent that we have assets or liabilities denominated in a foreign currency that are inadequately hedged or not hedged at all, we may be subject to foreign currency losses, which could be significant.

Our international operations can act as a natural hedge when both operating expenses and sales are denominated in local currencies. In these instances, although an unfavorable change in the exchange rate of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar would result in lower sales when translated to U.S. dollars, operating expenses would also be lower in these circumstances. An increase in the rate at which a foreign currency is exchanged for U.S. dollars would require more of that particular foreign currency to equal a specified amount of U.S. dollars than before such rate increase. In such cases, and if we were to price our products and services in that particular foreign currency, we would receive fewer U.S. dollars than we would have received prior to such rate increase for the foreign currency. Likewise, if we were to price our products and services in U.S. dollars while competitors priced their products in a local currency, an increase in the relative strength of the U.S. dollar would result in our prices being uncompetitive in those markets. Such fluctuations in currency exchange rates could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A potential proxy contest for the election of directors at our annual meeting could distract our management, divert our resources, and adversely impact our financial condition.

In 2013, following discussions with Starboard Value LP (“Starboard”), the Company agreed to nominate Jeffrey Smith, Louis DiNardo and Philip Black, director candidates proposed by Starboard, for election to the Board of Directors to resolve a potential proxy contest with Starboard. On May 9, 2014, Starboard delivered a letter to us nominating Messrs. Black, DiNardo and Smith, each of whom currently serves on the Board of Directors, as well as three additional director candidates, for election to the Board at the 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, (the “2014 Annual Meeting”). Depending on certain circumstances, including how many nominees Starboard seeks to elect, it is possible that Starboard nominated directors could constitute a majority of the Board following the 2014 Annual Meeting.

If our Board chooses to nominate different director candidates, there would be a proxy contest. A proxy contest would require us to incur significant legal fees and proxy solicitation expenses and require significant time and attention by management and the Board. Further, any perceived uncertainties as to our future direction and control could result in the loss of potential business opportunities and may make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel and business partners, any of which could adversely affect our business and operating results. Further, a change in a majority of the Board may, under certain circumstances, result in a change of control under the severance and change of control agreements we have with our management. Pursuant to the severance and change in control agreements, certain severance payments may be triggered following a change of control, but only upon there being a qualifying termination that occurs within twelve months of any such change of control. A change in a majority of the Board may also result in a change of control under certain contracts with third parties, if we are unable to secure appropriate waivers or amendments to any such contracts. The occurrence of any of the foregoing events could adversely affect our business.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.



Table of Contents

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our headquarters are located in San Jose, California. We lease facilities in North America, Europe and Asia Pacific. The following is a summary of the significant locations and primary functions of those facilities as of March 31, 2012:2014:

Location            Function
North America
San Jose, CACorporate headquarters, sales, research and development
Irvine, CAAdministration, sales, service, research and development, sales, service
Colorado Springs, COOperations, service,Administration, operations management, research and development, sales, administrationservice
Boulder,Louisville, COResearch and development
Englewood, COResearch and development, service, sales, operationsservice
Mendota Heights, MNResearch and development
Richardson, TXResearch and development
Bellevue, WASalesAdministration and administrationsales
Other North AmericaSales research and development
 
Europe
Paris, FranceSales and service
Boehmenkirch, GermanyService
Munich, GermanySales and service
Zurich, SwitzerlandOperationsAdministration and administrationoperations
Bracknell, UKSales and service
Northampton, UKSales and service
Other EuropeSales service and administrationservice
 
Asia Pacific
Adelaide, AustraliaResearch and development
Brisbane, AustraliaSales and administration
Shanghai,Beijing, ChinaSales
Tokyo, JapanSales and media procurement
Kuala Lumpur, MalaysiaAdministration and customerCustomer service
Singapore City, SingaporeSales andAdministration, distribution, sales
Other Asia PacificSales

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Crossroads

On February 18, 2014, Crossroads Systems, Inc. (“Crossroads”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Quantum in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Texas, alleging infringement of U.S. Patents 6,425,035 and 7,934,041. An amended complaint filed on April 15, 2014 also alleged infringement of U.S. patent 7,051,147. Crossroads asserts that we have incorporated Crossroads' patented technology into our StorNext QX and Q-Series lines of disk array products, and into our Scalar libraries. Crossroads seeks monetary damages and injunctive relief. Crossroads has already dismissed, or has agreed to dismiss, all claims of infringement with respect to the StorNext QX and Q-Series products. We do not believe it is reasonably possible that we will pay material damages related to this lawsuit.

Overland

On June 28, 2012, Overland Storage, Inc. (“Overland”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Quantum in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California, alleging that certain of its automated tape libraries fall within the scope of patents 6,328,766 and 6,353,581. Overland was seeking injunctive relief, as well as the recovery of unspecified monetary damages, including treble damages for willful infringement.

On August 28, 2012, we filed a lawsuit against Overland in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California, for patent infringements of our patents 6,542,787; 6,498,771; 5,925,119 and 5,491,812 by the products in Overland’s NEO tape library and SnapServer product lines. On April 12, 2013, we filed a lawsuit against Overland in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California, for patent infringements of our patent 7,263,596 by the products in Overland’s SnapScale product lines. We sought injunctive relief and the recovery of monetary damages.

On February 14, 2014, Quantum and Overland entered into a settlement and cross-license agreement under which each party receives a perpetual, royalty-free, non-exclusive license to the others’ patents to sell tape products. The above three lawsuits have been withdrawn from the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California.



Table of Contents

Compression Technology Solutions

On September 12, 2011, Compression Technology Solutions LLC (“CTS”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against a group of companies, consisting of Quantum, CA., Inc., EMC Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Company, International Business Machines Corp., NetApp, Inc. and Quest Software, Inc., in the U.S. District Court infor the Eastern District of Missouri, alleging that certain unspecified products of the defendants, characterized as “deduplication software systems,” and, in the case of Quantum, including Quantum’s “DXi Series Deduplication software,” fall within the scope of patent 5,414,650. CTS iswas seeking injunctive relief, as well as the recovery of monetary damages, including treble damages for willful infringement. We do not believe we infringe the CTS patent; we believe that the CTS patent is invalid, and we intend to defend ourselves vigorously. In April 2012, our motion to transfer venue was granted and the lawsuit was transferred to the U.S. District Court infor the Northern District of California. DueOn May 29, 2013, our motion for summary judgment was granted, with all of the asserted claims held invalid by the District Court, and the lawsuit against Quantum and the other defendants was dismissed with prejudice. On July 10, 2013, CTS appealed the decision of the District Court to the inherent uncertaintyUnited States Court of litigation, we cannot identify probable or estimable damages related toAppeals for the lawsuit.Federal Circuit. On March 10, 2014 the Appeals Court dismissed the appeal and upheld the U.S. District Court’s May 29, 2013 ruling that all of the asserted claims were invalid.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.



PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “QTM.” As of June 8, 2012,May 30, 2014, the closing price of our common stock was $1.99$1.14 per share. The prices per share reflected in the following table represent the range of high and low sales prices of our common stock for the quarters indicated:

Fiscal 2012High     Low
First quarter ended June 30, 2011$3.53$2.44
Second quarter ended September 30, 20113.421.54
Third quarter ended December 31, 20112.841.65
Fourth quarter ended March 31, 20122.902.01
 
Fiscal 2011HighLow
First quarter ended June 30, 2010$      2.98$      1.85
Second quarter ended September 30, 20102.151.11
Third quarter ended December 31, 20104.001.89
Fourth quarter ended March 31, 20114.452.19
Fiscal 2014High     Low
First quarter ended June 30, 2013    $     1.61         $     1.19     
Second quarter ended September 30, 20131.751.34
Third quarter ended December 31, 20131.591.10
Fourth quarter ended March 31, 20141.431.13
   
Fiscal 2013HighLow
First quarter ended June 30, 2012$     2.71$     1.78
Second quarter ended September 30, 20122.191.20
Third quarter ended December 31, 20121.701.00
Fourth quarter ended March 31, 20131.471.20

Historically, we have not paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay dividends is restricted by the covenants in our senior secured revolving credit agreement unless we meet certain defined thresholds. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Item 7 and also Note 7 “Long-Term8 “Convertible Subordinated Debt and Convertible SubordinatedLong-term Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

As of June 8, 2012,May 30, 2014, there were 1,5321,176 Quantum stockholders of record, including the Depository Trust Company, which holds shares of Quantum common stock on behalf of an indeterminate number of beneficial owners. The information required by this item regarding equity compensation plans is provided in Item 12, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.”



Table of Contents

Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total return to stockholders of Quantum common stock at March 31, 20122014 for the period since March 31, 20072009 to the cumulative total return over such period of (i) the NASDAQ Composite Index and (ii) the S & P Computer Storage & Peripherals Index. The graph assumes an investment of $100 on March 31, 20072009 in our common stock and in each of the indices listed on the graph and reflects the change in the market price of our common stock relative to the changes in the noted indices at March 31, 2008, March 31, 2009, March 31, 2010, March 31, 2011, 2012, 2013 and March 31, 2012.2014. The performance shown below is based on historical data and is not indicative of, nor intended to forecast, future price performance of our common stock.



COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Quantum Corporation, the NASDAQ Composite Index,
and the S&P Computer Storage & Peripherals Index


COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Quantum Corporation, the NASDAQ Composite Index,
and the S&P Computer Storage & Peripherals Index


*$100 invested on 3/31/0709 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending March 31.

Copyright© 20122014 S&P, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights reserved.


ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

This summary of selected consolidated financial information of Quantum for fiscal 20082010 to 20122014 should be read together with our Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We have certain items that affect the comparability of the selected financial information. Fiscal 2010 results included a $12.9 million gain on debt extinguishment, net of costs. Fiscal 2009 results included $11.0 millioncosts, which affects the comparability to the other fiscal years presented. In addition, certain amounts were revised for fiscal 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 to correct immaterial errors. For further information regarding the revisions, refer to Note 2 “Revision of royalty revenue from a legal settlement and a $339.0 million goodwill impairment charge. We had a $12.6 million loss on debt extinguishment, net of costs in fiscal 2008.Prior Period Financial Statements” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

     For the year ended March 31,For the year ended March 31,
(In thousands, except per share data)2012     2011     2010     2009     2008     2014     2013     2012     2011     2010
Statement of Operations Data:
Total revenue$      652,370$      672,270$      681,427$      808,972$      975,702$     553,165$     587,439$     651,987$     673,094$     680,695
Total cost of revenue378,535389,288401,390504,658656,598313,545346,878378,542389,288401,390
Gross margin273,835282,982280,037304,314319,104239,620240,561273,445283,806279,305
Income (loss) from operations5,19224,70429,309(329,925)(8,097)(11,799)(42,460)4,74525,86128,822
Net income (loss)(8,809)4,54116,634(358,264)(60,234)(21,474)(52,179)(9,256)5,69816,147
Basic net income (loss) per share(0.04)0.020.08(1.71)(0.30)(0.09)(0.22)(0.04)0.030.08
Diluted net income (loss) per share(0.04)0.020.02(1.71)(0.30)(0.09)(0.22)(0.04)0.020.02
As of March 31,
20122011201020092008
Balance Sheet Data:
Total assets$395,348$430,965$504,143$549,369$1,065,725
Short-term debt1,06723,9834,0004,000
Long-term debt184,495238,267305,899404,000496,000

     As of March 31,
2014     2013     2012     2011     2010
Balance Sheet Data:
Total assets$      361,798$      368,882$       393,223$     429,223$     502,286
Short-term debt1,06723,983
Long-term debt203,735205,000184,495238,267305,899



Table of Contents

ITEM 7. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


OVERVIEW

Quantum Corporation (“Quantum”, the “Company”, “us” or “we”), founded in 1980, is a globalis a leading expert in scale-out storage, archive and data protection, providing solutions for capturing, sharing and bigpreserving digital assets over the entire data management.lifecycle. Our customers, ranging from small businesses to major enterprises, have trusted us to address their most demanding data workflow challenges. We provide solutions for storing and protecting information in physical, virtual cloud and big datacloud environments that are designed to help customers be certainBe CertainTM they are maximizinghave an end-to-end storage foundation to maximize the value of their data over its entire lifecycle. With our solutions, customers can better adapt in a world of continuing change by keepingmaking it accessible whenever and protecting more data for a longer period of time whilewherever needed, retaining it indefinitely and reducing coststotal cost and increasing return on investment.complexity. We work closely with a broad network of distributors, value-added resellers (“VARs”), direct marketing resellers (“DMRs”), original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and other suppliers to meet customers’ evolving data protection and big data management needs. Our stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol QTM.

Business

We offer a comprehensive range of solutions for data protection and big data management challenges providing performance and value to end user customers of all sizes, from small businesses to multinational enterprises. We believe our combination of expertise, innovation and platform independence allowsenables us to solve data protection and big data management issuesscale-out storage challenges more easily, cost-effectively and securely. Our open systems solutions are designed to provide significant storage efficiencies, scalability and cost savings while protecting customers’ prior investments. They include DXi® deduplication systems for high speed recovery and reliability, Scalar® tape automation products for disaster recovery and long-term data retention, StorNext® data management software and appliances for high-performance big data file sharing and archiving and vmPRO solutions for protecting virtual machine data. We also offer cloud solutions for cloud-based backup, fast restore, data recovery and business continuity. In addition, we have the global scale and scope to support our worldwide customer base.

Business

We earn our revenue from the sale of products, systems and services through an array of channel partners and our sales force to reach end user customers of all sizes.force. Our products are sold under both the Quantum brand name and the names of various OEM customers. Our scale-out storage and archive solutions, StorNext® file system and archive software, StorNext appliances and LattusTM Object Storage systems, are designed to help customers manage large unstructured data sets in an information workflow, encompassing high-performance ingest, real-time collaboration, scalable processing, intelligent protection and high-value monetization. Our data protection solutions include DXi® deduplication systems and Scalar® automated tape libraries that optimize backup and recovery, simplify management and lower cost. Our vmPROTM virtual server backup and disaster recovery offerings protect virtual environments while minimizing the impact on servers and storage. In addition, we also offer software for cloud backup and disaster recovery of physical and virtual servers. We have a broad portfoliofull range of disk systems, softwareservices and the global scale and scope to support our worldwide customer base.

Our goals for fiscal 2014 were to continue to capitalize on market opportunities while balancing cash flow generation and operating profit against revenue growth associated with potential opportunities and go-to-market strategies, with an emphasis on delivering results that we expect to be more predictable going forward. In some cases, as was the case in the second through fourth quarters of fiscal 2014, this means we may generate lower overall revenue but more cash flow and profit in order to provide greater operating leverage for future revenue increases. Our revenue growth strategy in fiscal 2014 was focused on leveraging our StorNext and Lattus solutions to drive deeper into rich media and other vertical markets and extending the reach of these solutions into the data center and the cloud in addition to expanding relationships with our partners and gaining additional access to end users through existing and new channel partners. We continued our efforts to further leverage our tape automation systems, tape drives and other devicesDXi expertise, our installed product base and media. Our data management software provides technology for shared workflow applications and multi-tiered archiving in high-performance, large-scale storage environments. We also offer vmPRO software, a virtualizationour broad data protection software with advanced utilities designedproduct portfolio in order to dramatically improvegain market share in the data center.

During fiscal 2014, we improved our operational efficiency and simplify virtualeffectiveness in a number of areas. We initiated and completed a transition to outsource our manufacturing and repair operations, streamlined our service capabilities and refined our sales model. In addition, we realigned our engineering and product groups to leverage our product development strengths from our data protectioncenter products to scale-out storage products in midrangean effort to increase our overall product development capabilities, reduce our time-to-market, especially in launching new scale-out storage products, decrease our operational costs and increase our operational leverage across the company. Refinement of our operational model in fiscal 2014 included focusing our scale-out storage go-to-market and sales team on vertical markets where they are particularly strong, while enabling our larger data centers. We have introduced a cloud-based data protection technology platform for public and private clouds. The majoritycenter sales team to focus on sales of our disk systems and tape automation systems include software features that provideand disk solutions in the data center and tape integration capabilities withidentifying StorNext and Lattus opportunities around specific data center use cases. We believe these operational improvements contributed to the record revenue from scale-out storage products in fiscal 2014, in part from key sales in the media and entertainment vertical market and specific use cases in the data center.

We continued to improve our strategic positioning and visibility among end user customers and channel partners in our core markets of tape automation, purpose built deduplication appliances and replication technologies. In addition, our service offerings includescale-out storage in fiscal 2014. We focused on new product introductions, providing a broad range of coverage optionsproducts to provide the level of support for the widest possible range of information technology (“IT”) environments.

We have been transforming the company into a systemssolve customer problems and solutions provider over the past few years, introducing offerings in the significant growth markets of diskexpanding our strategic and software data protection and big data and archive and introducing strategic enhancements and offerings in the tape automation market while continuing to provide service and support to new and existing customers. We have implemented a number of initiativeschannel partners in an effort to drive branded revenue growth. One key initiativegain greater end-user access and additional market share in fiscal 2014. We are a smaller market participant in some of the markets we participate in and compete against well known, larger companies in all the markets for fiscal 2012 was to grow the independent channel for Quantum brandedour products. Another key areaWe believe increasing market awareness of focus for fiscal 2012 was continuing to expand and improve our products and solutions with emphasis on branded disk systemsis an important initiative for future growth and software solutions, including introducingimproved profitability and ramping sales of the StorNext appliance family and virtual offerings.

Our efforts in fiscal 2012 were reflected in increased total branded revenue and record revenue in disk systems and software solutions in fiscal 2012. Total branded revenue increased for the second consecutive fiscal year and revenue from disk systems and software solutions increased 8% from fiscal 2011. In addition, branded disk systems revenue and branded software solutions revenue were both records, increasing 19% and 15%, respectively, compared to the prior year. Growth of the independent channel contributed to this revenue growth. We added a significant number of new disk systems and software solutions customers, and in the mature tape automation market, we added a considerable number of new customers for midrange and enterprise tape automation products. This past fiscal year we implemented initiatives that improved our sales team, our channel team and our technical sales team. In addition, we improved the training and alignment with our top channel partners on our products and solutions.cash flow.



We continued our technologyTable of Contents

In fiscal 2014, we expanded and product innovation in fiscal 2012. We enhanced our DXi product line, introduced a new family of StorNext appliances and added new management, security and availability features to our Scalar tape libraries. Following the acquisition of Pancetera Software, Inc. (“Pancetera”) in June 2011, we integrated the technology into our portfolio with the launch of the vmPRO virtual server protection solutions and laid the groundwork for our cloud-based data protection platform. The strength, value and quality of our products were recognized with several industry awards and honors, notably for the DXi6700 and vmPRO 4000, in addition to our enterprise and midrange tape automation libraries.

We offer products and solutions in several high growth markets, namely the markets for disk-based back up, big data, virtual data protection and cloud based solutions. Our opportunity and goal in these markets is to increaseimproved our product and solution offerings, with emphasis on software solutions, branded disk systems, next generation object storage, virtual offerings and cloud solutions. Notable new product introductions included StorNext 5 software, DXi 4700 disk systems, additional StorNext appliances, expansion of our Lattus Object Storage offerings and adding new high availability and management features to our Scalar i6000 enterprise library.In addition, we expanded our strategic partnerships to combine Lattus with products and solutions from various partners to expand data center environment solutions, to provide an object storage based private cloud solution and to significantly grow revenue fromcreate an archiving solution that reduces the burden of unstructured data growth on primary storage. We also introduced a new program enabling managed service providers and VARs to expand their businesses with a cloud backup service powered by our DXi appliances and vmPRO backup software that has capacity-based subscription pricing. In addition, we received industry recognition during fiscal 2014 with an award for our channel sales program and award nominations for products in each of our disk systemsmajor product lines including Lattus Object Storage solutions, DXi6800, DXiV4000, Scalar i6000 and software solutionsStorNext products.

During 2014 we continued our focus to increase total revenue. We project total revenuestrengthen our balance sheet by balancing growth areas with generating cash from operations and ended the fiscal year with the highest cash balance in four years. In addition, in April 2014, we completed an amendment to our Wells Fargo credit agreement which increased our line of credit by $20 million to $75 million and provided additional flexibility by allowing the tape automation market will be essentially the same over the next few years with growth in demand for tape automation products used as a storage tier in the big data and archive market offset by declines in demand for tape automation products in the data protection market. Our opportunity and goal for tape automation systems is to grow our market share with our innovative products.

Our goal for fiscal 2013 is to grow total revenue, driven primarily by increased revenue from our disk systems and software solutions, with minimal expected growth in branded tape automation revenue. We expect this revenue growthline of credit to be tempered by declinesutilized to pay outstanding amounts under the November 2010 convertible subordinated notes, which are due in tape automation revenue from OEM customers and a decline in royalty revenue.November 2015.

Results

In fiscal 2012, we saw improved revenue momentum with our partners, especially for midrange disk systems, and our continued efforts to increase revenue from disk systems and software solutions resulted in an 8% increase in disk systems and software solutions revenue. We invested significantly in our product portfolio in fiscal 2012, introducing a number of new products, including our StorNext software appliances and virtual systems software and data protection solutions. In fiscal 2012, we also continued to develop new technologies that will be the framework for future new product introductions.

We had total revenue of $652.4$553.2 million in fiscal 2012,2014, a 3%6% decrease from fiscal 20112013 primarily due to expected reductionsthe combination of the changing storage environment, including reduced demand for tape products and increased market demand for scale-out storage and archive solutions, and our actions to reduce our investment in OEM sales including OEM deduplication softwarewhile improving the efficiency of our sales model. We had record revenue and royalty revenue. Our productfor scale-out storage solutions largely due to increased revenue from OEM customers decreased 14% whilesales in North America. Service revenue from branded products increased 3%slightly from fiscal 20112013 primarily due to increased disk systemsrevenue from branded service contracts associated with our StorNext appliances, and software solutions revenue. Serviceroyalty revenue decreased primarilyincreased 30% from fiscal 2013 due to lower hardware service contract revenues from certain legacy branded tape automation products that reached end of service life. Our focus on growing the branded business during the fiscal year is reflecteda $15.0 million royalty received in connection with finalizing an intellectual property agreement in the greaterfirst quarter of fiscal 2014. The proportion of non-royalty revenue from our branded business, atproducts and services continued to increase, growing to 84% in fiscal 2014 compared to 83% in fiscal 2013 and 81% in fiscal 2012, compared to 79% in fiscal 2011 and 74% in fiscal 2010. Royalty revenue decreased 12% primarily due to declining royalties from older DLT media and, to a lesser extent, from lower LTO royalties.2012.

Our gross margin percentage decreased 10increased 230 basis points from fiscal 20112013 to 42.0%43.3%, largely due to a shiftthe increased royalty revenue followed by improvements in our sales mix that was comprised of less high margin OEM deduplication software revenue and royalty revenue than the prior year, mostly offset by decreased intangible amortization.

service delivery model. Operating expenses increased $11.9decreased $31.3 million, or 5%,11% from fiscal 2013, primarily from lower compensation and benefits as a result of headcount reductions implemented over the past year and a half. We had a $30.7 million improvement in the loss from operations, decreasing to $11.8 million in fiscal 2014 compared to $42.5 million in fiscal 2013.

Interest expense increased $1.4 million to $9.8 million primarily due to increased sales and marketing expenses, largely due to growing our branded sales force to increase branded revenue and expand our positionrefinancing the balance on the line of credit with existing and new channel partners to drive future growth. We had $5.2 million in income from operationsconvertible subordinated notes in fiscal 2012, down from $24.72013. Net loss decreased 59% to $21.5 million in fiscal 2011.

Interest expense decreased in fiscal 2012 largely due to2014, despite a 6% decrease in average interest ratesrevenue from refinancing subordinated term debt in fiscal 2011. In addition during fiscal 2012, we refinanced our senior secured term debt with a revolving credit facility with terms that are financially2013. We more beneficial and provide additional flexibility to run our business. During fiscal 2012, we paid $104.3 million in principal to fully repay the senior secured term debt and borrowed $49.5 million on a new revolving credit line. We continued to generatethan quadrupled cash generated from operating activities with $45.7in fiscal 2014 to $35.5 million compared to $7.7 million in fiscal 2012 compared2013. We attribute the improved cash from operations and decreased net loss to $52.3 millionimproved operational effectiveness and efficiency in fiscal 2011.our business model.



RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR FISCAL 2014, 2013, and 2012 2011 AND 2010

Revenue

For the year ended March 31,ChangeFor the year ended March 31,Change
(dollars in thousands)2012201120102012 vs. 20112011 vs. 20102014201320122014 vs. 20132013 vs. 2012
              % of
revenue
           % of
revenue
              % of
revenue
                                % of
revenue
    % of
revenue
    % of
revenue
        
Product revenue$    451,34069.2%$    456,90368.0%$    456,10166.9%$    (5,563)(1.2)%$    8020.2%$    348,31863.0%$    398,91067.9%$    451,46969.3%$    (50,592)(12.7)%$    (52,559)(11.6)%
Service revenue144,36422.1%151,09522.5%156,47723.0%(6,731)(4.5)%(5,382)(3.4)%147,19926.6%144,03724.5%144,36422.1%3,1622.2%(327)(0.2)%
Royalty revenue56,6668.7%64,2729.5%68,84910.1%(7,606)(11.8)%(4,577)(6.6)%57,64810.4%44,4927.6%56,1548.6%13,15629.6%(11,662)(20.8)%
Total revenue$652,370100.0%$672,270100.0%$681,427100.0%$(19,900)(3.0)%$(9,157)(1.3)%$553,165100.0%$587,439100.0%$651,987100.0%$(34,274)(5.8)%(64,548)(9.9)%

TotalThe decrease in total revenue decreased in fiscal 20122014 compared to fiscal 2011 primarily2013 was due to expected reductions in OEM and royalty revenue. The largest decreases in OEM revenue were from lower deduplication software,decreased tape automation systems revenue and disk systems revenue, partially offset by increased royalty revenue and revenue from StorNext software and related appliances. We believe this is due to the changing storage environment including reduced demand for tape products devices and service revenue. Partially offsetting these decreasesincreased market demand for scale-out storage and archive solutions in addition to our actions related to reducing our investments in sales while improving our sales model. Prevailing economic conditions in major geographies also impacted our results during the fiscal year, including economic uncertainty and its impact on the European business climate. We also believe sales to the U.S. federal government were increased salesnegatively impacted in the second and third quarters of brandedfiscal 2014 by the U.S. federal government shut down, causing delays and cancelations of orders.



Table of Contents

Data protection products include our tape automation systems, disk systems and softwaredevices and media offerings. Revenue from branded data protection products and services decreased $41.5 million, or 10%, from fiscal 2013 largely due to a decrease in sales of enterprise solutions in both tape automation and disk systems products. Revenue from branded scale-out storage and archive products and services increased $6.5 million, or 12%, from fiscal 2012.

Total revenue decreased in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 primarily due to expected reductions in OEM, service and royalty revenue. We had a slight increase in product revenue in fiscal 20112013 primarily due to increased sales of disk systemsour Q-Series and StorNext appliance offerings. Branded scale-out storage and archive products include StorNext software, solutionsStorNext and Q-Series appliances and Lattus Object Storage solutions. OEM product and service revenue decreased $12.4 from fiscal 2013, largely offset by expected reductionsdue to decreased midrange and enterprise tape automation product sales. Royalty revenue increased $13.2 million from fiscal 2013 primarily due to a $15.0 million royalty received in OEM devicesconnection with finalizing an intellectual property agreement in the first quarter of fiscal 2014.

Total revenue in fiscal 2013 decreased from fiscal 2012, reflecting a decline in the tape automation market, economic uncertainty and mediaa decrease in large orders, which we define as orders over $200,000. These factors impacted revenue from branded data protection products and services the most, with a number of devices reaching end of life$40.1 million, or 9%, decrease from fiscal 2012. The market for end-to-end scale-out storage solutions continued to grow in fiscal 2013, and expected decreases inrevenue from branded scale-out storage products and services increased 18%, or $7.8 million, from fiscal 2012, partially offsetting the decreased revenue from data protection products. In addition, OEM tape automation systems revenue.product and service revenue decreased $20.6 million, or 19%, and royalty revenue decreased $11.7 million, or 21%, from fiscal 2012.

Product Revenue

For the year ended March 31,Change
(dollars in thousands)       2012201120102012 vs. 20112011 vs. 2010
       % of
revenue
              % of
revenue
              % of
revenue
                            
Disk systems and software solutions$   119,04418.2%$   110,67816.5%$   83,50812.3%$    8,3667.6%$   27,17032.5%
Tape automation systems245,03037.6%254,15337.8%263,97738.7%(9,123)(3.6)%(9,824)(3.7)%
Devices and media87,26613.4%92,07213.7%108,61615.9%(4,806)(5.2)%(16,544)(15.2)%
Total product revenue$451,34069.2%$456,90368.0%$456,10166.9%$(5,563)(1.2)%$8020.2%

Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2011

OurTotal product revenue which includes sales of our hardware and software products sold through both our Quantum branded and OEM channels, decreased slightly13% from fiscal 2011,2013, primarily due to decreased sales of tape automation systems followed by lower revenue from disk systems and software solutions, partially offset by increased revenue from devices and media. Revenue from sales of branded products decreased 12% primarily due to lower sales of disk systems followed by tape automation systems decreases and OEM product revenue decreased 14% in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 largely due to decreased tape automation revenue.

Product revenue decreased 12% in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012, primarily due to decreased sales of tape automation systems followed by lower revenue from devices and media, mostlypartially offset by increased revenue from disk systems and software solutions. Revenue from sales of branded products increased 3%decreased 10% and OEM product revenue decreased 18% in fiscal 20122013 compared to fiscal 20112012, both primarily due to increasedlower sales of disk systems and software solutions.tape automation systems.

For the year ended March 31,Change
(dollars in thousands)2014201320122014 vs. 20132013 vs. 2012
     % of
revenue
    % of
revenue
    % of
revenue
        
Disk systems and software solutions$   103,20018.7%$   124,07421.1%$   119,04418.3%$   (20,874)(16.8)%$   5,0304.2%
Tape automation systems174,43831.5%206,11235.1%245,03037.6%(31,674)(15.4)%(38,918)(15.9)%
Devices and media70,68012.8%68,72411.7%87,39513.4%1,9562.8%(18,671)(21.4)%
Total product revenue$348,31863.0%$398,91067.9%$451,46969.3%$(50,592)(12.7)%(52,559)(11.6)%

Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013

A primary goal for fiscal 2012 was to grow revenue from disk systems and software solutions. We introduced new disk products, a new product line of StorNext appliances and released upgrades to both disk systems and to software solutions in fiscal 2012, all of which contributed to fiscal 2012 revenue. We continued our efforts to expand engagement with our channel partners to increase sales of disk systems and software solutions. Revenue from diskDisk systems and software solutions revenue decreased 17% from fiscal 2013 primarily due to decreased sales of enterprise DXi systems in addition to decreased midrange disk revenue. Partially offsetting these decreases were increased 8% to $119.0 million in fiscal 2012revenue from Q-Series disk and StorNext appliances compared to fiscal 2011,2013. We had lower enterprise and midrange disk system revenue primarily due to increased midrange disk productfewer large orders, or orders over $200,000, during fiscal 2014.



Table of Contents

Product revenue from tape automation systems revenue decreased 15% in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, primarily due to decreased enterprise tape automation system sales, with a 24% decrease in branded enterprise sales followed by the addition of StorNext appliances.a 20% decline OEM enterprise revenue. Midrange disk systems revenue increases were primarily due to the addition of revenue from our DXi6701 and DXi6702 products. Tempering these increases was an expected decrease in OEM deduplication software revenue due to our primary OEM deduplication software customer becoming a competitor in fiscal 2010 and revenue recognized in accordance with contractual requirements in fiscal 2011 that was not repeated.



Tape automation systems sales decreased $9.1 million, or 4%, in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011. This decrease was primarily due to expected declines in OEM revenue, followed by decreased branded enterprise and entry-level tape automation systems revenue.sales also contributed to the decrease due to declines in both OEM and branded revenue from these products.

Product revenue from devices includingand media, which includes tape drives, and removable hard drives and non-royalty media, sales decreased 5% to $87.3 million primarily due to anticipated decreases in sales of older branded and OEM device technologies that reached, or are nearing, end of life. Largely offsetting the decrease was an increase in branded media revenue primarily due to the events in Japan in March 2011 and resulting concern of shortages and supply disruption in the market. We continue to be strategic with media sales and have chosen to not pursue opportunities that do not provide sufficient margins.

Fiscal 2011 Compared to Fiscal 2010

Product revenue in fiscal 2011 increased slightlymodestly from fiscal 2010,2013 primarily due to increased branded media sales ofin addition to increased revenue from devices.

Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012

Our disk systems and software solutions mostly offset by anticipated decreasesrevenue increased 4% from 2012, resulting in devices and media and tape automation systems.record annual revenue in this revenue category. Revenue increases were primarily from sales of our StorNext appliances leading to record revenue for branded products increased 7%software solutions, and we also had record revenue from sales of midrange DXi products. The first StorNext appliances were introduced in fiscal 20112012 and we added a number of products to the StorNext appliance family during fiscal 2013. Revenue from midrange disk systems increased 8% from the prior year; however, we believe our midrange disk systems cannibalized some revenue from enterprise disk solutions due to the capabilities of our newest midrange disk product. We had lower enterprise disk system revenue primarily due to fewer large orders, or orders over $200,000, during fiscal 2013.

The decrease in tape automation systems revenue in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2010 also primarily2012 was due to increasedapproximately $20 million decreases in both branded and OEM tape automation system sales. Midrange tape automation sales decreased the most, with 15% and 17% decreases, respectively, of branded midrange and OEM midrange tape automation systems revenue. Enterprise systems and entry-level sales of disktape automation systems and software solutions.

A primary goal forhad similar revenue decreases from fiscal 2011 was to grow revenue from disk systems and software solutions. We introduced new disk products and upgrades to both disk systems and to software solutions2012. As we noted in fiscal 2011, and we also worked to expand engagement with our channel partners to increase sales2013, demand for tape automation products decreased approximately 20% during the first half of disk systems and software solutions.fiscal 2013. Revenue from disk systems and software solutions increased 33% to $110.7 million in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, primarily due to increased midrange disk product sales. Midrange disk systems revenue nearly tripled from fiscal 2010 primarily due to the addition of revenue from our DXi6700 product family and increased sales of the DXi6500 product family. In addition, StorNext software revenue also continued to increase compared to prior years. As a result of these revenue increases, disk systems and software solutions comprised a greater proportion of both product revenue and total revenue in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010.

TapeOEM tape automation systems sales decreased $9.8 million, or 4%, in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010. This decrease was primarily due to expected declines in OEM revenues from our decision to exit portions of this market in prior years as well as declining demand in the overall tape automation market. We had a smaller decrease in20% while branded tape automation systems revenue due to declinesdecreased 13%, an indication that we gained market share in enterprise and midrange product sales mostly offset by increased entry-level product sales from the addition of the Scalar i40 and i80 products.branded tape business during fiscal 2013.

Product revenue from devices and media, which includes tape drives, removable hard drives and non-royalty media, decreased as expected from fiscal 2012 largely due to decreased media sales decreased 15%in addition to $92.1 millionlower revenue from devices. These revenue decreases were primarily due to anticipated decreases in sales of older OEM device technologies that reached, or are nearing, end of life. We continued to be strategic withoverall market declines. Higher than typical media sales during fiscal 2012 due to inventories being increased in response to concerns of supply disruptions following the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami in Japan also contributed to the decreased media revenue in fiscal 2011 and chose2013 compared to not pursue opportunities that would not provide sufficient margins. Media revenues were approximately the same as fiscal 2010.prior year.

Service Revenue

Service revenue includes revenue from salesis primarily comprised of hardware service contracts product repair, installation and professional services. Hardware service contractswhich are typically purchased by our customers to extend the warranty or to provide faster service response time, or both. Service revenue decreased 4%increased 2% from fiscal 2013 primarily due to $144.4 millionincreased revenue from branded service contracts associated with our StorNext appliances. Service revenue was relatively unchanged in fiscal 20122013 compared to fiscal 2011 primarily due to lower hardware service contract revenues from end of service life on higher revenue service contracts for certain legacy branded tape automation products and to a lesser extent from decreased OEM product repair services. Service contracts on certain newer technology branded products provide lower revenue than service contracts on older technology branded products nearing end of service life. OEM service revenue decreases are2012 primarily due to a numberdecreased volume of our device products that reached end of service life in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012.

Service revenue decreased 3% to $151.1 million in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 primarily due to planned decreases in OEM product repair services and, to a lesser extent, reduced hardwarethat was offset by growth in revenue from branded service contracts fromassociated with our OEM customers. OEM service revenue decreases are due to many of our device products that reached, or are nearing, end of service life. Service revenue from our branded products was approximately the same as fiscal 2010.StorNext appliances.



Royalty Revenue

Royalty revenue declined 12%increased $13.2 million, or 30%, or $7.6 million, infrom fiscal 2012 and decreased 7%, or $4.6 million, in fiscal 20112013 primarily due to expected decreasesa $15.0 million royalty received in connection with finalizing an intellectual property agreement in the first quarter of maturing DLT media unit sales by media licensees in both fiscal years. Royalties from LTO media decreased 4% in fiscal 2012 primarily due to decreased LTO media unit sales by media licensees. In fiscal 2011, the DLT royalty decrease2014. This was partially offset by increasedexpected decreases in DLT® media royalties as customers chose to not use this older technology. Tape media royalties decreased 21% in fiscal 2013 from fiscal 2012 due to lower media unit sales sold by media licensees, largely due to decreased market demand for LTO® media. In addition, royalties from LTO media.the older technology DLT media continued to decrease as expected.



Table of Contents

Gross Margin

For the year ended March 31,Change
(dollars in thousands)20122011 20102012 vs. 20112011 vs. 2010
      Margin      Margin
Rate
      Margin      Margin
Rate
      Margin      Margin
Rate
                        
Product gross margin$    160,96435.7%$162,52835.6%$155,53334.1%$(1,564)(1.0)%$6,9954.5%
Service gross margin55,90538.7%56,78437.6%55,65535.6%(879)(1.5)%1,1292.0%
Royalty gross margin56,666100.0%64,272100.0%68,849100.0%(7,606)(11.8)%(4,577)(6.6)%
Gross margin$273,835*42.0%$    282,982*42.1%$    280,03741.1%$    (9,147)(3.2)%$    2,9451.1%
For the year ended March 31,Change
(dollars in thousands)2014201320122014 vs. 20132013 vs. 2012
    Margin    Margin
Rate
    Margin    Margin
Rate
    Margin    Margin
Rate
    Margin    Basis
points
    Margin    Basis
points
Product margin$    111,24231.9%$    131,636 33.0%$    161,09335.7%$    (20,394)(110)$    (29,457) (270)
Service margin 71,26948.4%64,43344.7%55,89838.7%6,836370 8,535600
Royalty margin57,648 100.0%44,492100.0%56,154 100.0% 13,156(11,662)
Gross margin$239,620*43.3%$240,56141.0%$273,445*41.9%$(941)230$(32,884)(90)

* Fiscal 20122014 total gross margin includes a $0.3$0.5 million of restructuring benefitexpense related to cost of revenue and fiscal 2011 total gross margin2012 includes $0.6$0.3 million of restructuring chargesbenefit related to cost of revenue.

Fiscal 2012 ComparedOver half of the 230 basis point increase in gross margin percentage compared to Fiscal 2011fiscal 2013 was due to the $13.2 million net increase in royalty revenue and the next largest portion of the increase was attributable to the improvements in our service delivery model. These increases were partially offset by decreases in our product margin, largely as a result of decreased product revenue.

The 1090 basis point decrease in gross margin percentage in fiscal 20122013 compared to fiscal 20112012 was primarily due to largely offsetting factors. Gross margin decreased due to less high margin revenue in our product mix, largely from decreased OEM deduplication software revenue and royalty revenue. Both OEM deduplication software and royalty revenue provide among the highest margins of our portfolio. Gross margin was favorably impacted bya corresponding lower intangible amortization from certain intangibles becoming fully amortized in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012.

Fiscal 2011 Compared to Fiscal 2010

The 100 basis point increase inproduct gross margin percentage in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 was largely due to lower intangible amortization from certain intangibles becoming fully amortized in the first half of fiscal 2011. In addition, gross margin was favorably impacted by the continued shift in sales mix toward higher margin products and services. Product sales through our branded channels comprised a higher percentage of non-royalty revenue in fiscal 2011 than fiscal 2010. Branded sales comprised 79% of non-royalty revenue in fiscal 2011, compared to 74% for fiscal 2010. Sales of branded products typically generate higher gross margins than sales to our OEM customers; however, as noted above, OEM deduplication software revenue provides one of our highest product margins. Contributing to the change in our revenue mix in fiscal 2011 was our emphasis on sales growth of our disk systems and software solutions which increased to 17% of revenue in fiscal 2011 compared to 12% of revenue in the prior year. The gross margin percentage increase was tempered by the $4.6well as an $11.7 million decrease in royalty revenue.revenue, partially offset by increased service gross margin. Some of our costs of goods sold are relatively fixed in the short term; therefore, revenue increases or decreases can have a material impact on the gross margin rate.

Product Gross Margin

Fiscal 20122014 Compared to Fiscal 20112013

Product gross margin dollars decreased 1% in fiscal 2012$20.4 million, or 15%, compared to fiscal 20112013, and our product gross margin rate decreased 110 basis points primarily due to the 1%a 13% decrease in product revenue. However,The decreased product gross margin percentage improved slightlyfromrevenue was mostly offset in fiscal 2011. The product gross margin increase was primarily due to2014 by decreased costs as a $7.1 millionresult of several items. Product material costs decreased the most, commensurate with the decrease in product revenue, and we also had decreased freight costs as a result of fewer shipments. A number of expenses decreased compared to fiscal 2013 as a result of cost reduction initiatives that began in the second half of fiscal 2013 and continued throughout fiscal 2014. The most significant decreased cost as a result of these initiatives was compensation and benefits expense from reduced staffing levels in addition to decreased facility expenses from additional reductions to our warehouse footprint. We also had lower intangible amortization in fiscal 2012, mostly offset by the decrease in high margin OEM deduplication software revenue compared to fiscal 2011.2014 from certain intangible assets becoming fully amortized.



Fiscal 20112013 Compared to Fiscal 20102012

Product gross margin dollars increased $7.0decreased $29.5 million, or 5%18%, compared to fiscal 2012, and our product gross margin percentage improved approximately 150rate decreased 270 basis points from fiscal 2010 although product revenue was approximately the same in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010. These margin increases were primarily due to a $7.4 million12% decrease in product revenue. As noted above, some of our product costs of goods sold are relatively fixed in the short term; therefore, product revenue increases or decreases impact the product gross margin rate. The change in the mix of products sold, as described above in product revenue, also contributed to decreased product margins in fiscal 2013. In addition, we had an increase in compensation and benefits in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 primarily due to investment in our software support team. We also had an increase in the manufacturing inventory allowance in fiscal 2013 compared to the prior year largely due to more products nearing end of life. Partially offsetting these factors was lower intangible amortization in fiscal 2011. Product gross margin was also favorably impacted by the change2013 due to certain intangible assets becoming fully amortized in fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, decreased facility expense from reducing our product revenue mixwarehouse footprint and lower freight expense as a result of fewer shipments compared to fiscal 2010. Revenue from branded product sales increased 7% in fiscal 2011. In addition, revenue from disk systems and software solutions increased to 24% of product revenue in fiscal 2011, compared to 18% of product revenue in fiscal 2010. Offsetting the change in product revenue mix was increased warranty expense due to warranty benefits in fiscal 2010 compared to warranty expense in fiscal 2011. Warranty benefits in the prior year were attributable to decreasing overall service and repair costs, a declining number of in-warranty units repaired and numerous products reaching the end of their warranty coverage.2012.

Service Gross Margin

Fiscal 20122014 Compared to Fiscal 20112013

Service gross margin dollars decreased $0.9increased $6.8 million, or approximately 2%11%, in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011. Our2013, and service gross margin percentage increased 110370 basis points on a 2% increase in service revenue. The increase in service margin was primarily due to 38.7% in fiscal 2012,lower costs across our service delivery model largely due to reduced compensation and benefits from lower staffing levels, including outsourcing geographies with lower service and repair volumes and improving utilization of our service team. In addition, our service activities continue to reflect a larger proportion of branded products under contract, which have relatively higher margins than margins for OEM repair services.



Table of Contents

Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012

Service gross margin dollars increased $8.5 million, or 15%, compared to fiscal 2012, and service gross margin percentage increased 600 basis points while service revenue was unchanged. The increase in service margin was primarily due to reduced costs across our service delivery model from a decreased volume of repairs and in part due to bringing repair of certain product lines in-house. The more significant cost decreases in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 were for compensation and benefits, external provider expensesservice providers, third party warehouse and inventory allowance expense.service materials. Compensation and benefits decreased due to reduced staffing requirements from decreased repair volumes. External service provider expense decreased due to a combination of bringinghaving repair of additionalcertain product lines in-house for the full fiscal year, decreased repair volumes and negotiating lower rates on the renewals of contracts with certain service providers in fiscal 2012. We had higher inventory allowance expense in fiscal 2011Third party warehouse expenses decreased due to endefforts to reduce service parts inventory levels including reduced usage of service life plans for several products. In addition, we had a change inthird party warehouses. Service material decreases were primarily due to lower repair volumes compared to the mix of services for OEM repairs and forprior year.Additionally, our branded products under contract. Our service activities for fiscal 2012 reflectedcontinue to reflect a greaterlarger proportion of revenue from branded products under contract, which have relatively higher margins than margins for OEM repair services.

Fiscal 2011 Compared to Fiscal 2010

Service gross margin dollars increased $1.1 million, or approximately 2%, despite a 3% reduction in service revenue in fiscal 2011 compared to the prior year. Additionally, our service gross margin percentage increased 200 basis points to 37.6% in fiscal 2011 from 35.6% in fiscal 2010, primarily due to expense reductions in our service delivery model. In addition, branded service revenue comprised a larger proportion of service revenue in fiscal 2011 than in fiscal 2010 primarily due to declines in repairs for OEM customers. We reduced expense in our service delivery model by repairing certain product lines in our facilities at a lower cost in fiscal 2011 than we incurred with external service providers in prior years.

Research and Development Expenses

For the year ended March 31,ChangeFor the year ended March 31,Change
(dollars in thousands)       2012201120102012 vs. 20112011 vs. 2010   2014   2013   2012   2014 vs. 2013   2013 vs. 2012
       % of
revenue
              % of
revenue
              % of
revenue
                             % of
revenue
% of
revenue
% of
revenue
Research and development$    74,36511.4%$    73,00810.9%$    69,94910.3%$    1,3571.9%$    3,0594.4%$    64,375    11.6% $    73,960    12.6%$    74,365    11.4%$   (9,585)    (13.0)%$   (405)    (0.5)%

Fiscal 20122014 Compared to Fiscal 20112013

The increasedecrease in research and development expenses forcompared to fiscal 20122013 was primarily due to cost reduction measures that resulted in a $1.7$6.6 million increasedecrease in salariescompensation and benefits from investmentreduced staffing levels due to focusing investments in ourscale-out storage technology while continuing to invest in targeted future generation tape and disk systems softwaretechnology. We also had a decrease of $1.5 million in external service provider expense and hardware and our virtual systems engineering teamsa decrease of $0.9 million in depreciation expense due to support new product development efforts. Partially offsetting this increaseequipment becoming fully depreciated. Additionally, there was a $0.5$0.3 million decrease in travelproject material expenses compareddue to the nature of projects under development and specific development activities in the prior year.year periods that were not repeated at the same levels and a $0.3 million decrease in expensed equipment.



Fiscal 20112013 Compared to Fiscal 20102012

The increasedecrease in research and development expenses forcompared to fiscal 20112012 was primarily duethe net result of several factors. Due to the implementation of cost reduction measures in the second half of fiscal 2013, including restructuring actions that decreased headcount, we had a $3.7decrease of $0.8 million increase in salariescompensation and benefits from investmentand also had smaller decreases in our disk systemsseveral other areas including travel expenses, dues and software engineering teams to support new product development efforts. Partially offsetting this increase wassubscriptions and facilities expense. In addition, we had a $0.8$0.6 million decrease in project materials due toas a result of the types of products under development and related testing material requirements compared to the prior year. Mostly offsetting these decreases, we had a $0.9 million increase in depreciation expense due to laboratory testing equipment purchases and a $0.6 million increase in use of external service providers, primarily for next generation LTO product development.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

For the year ended March 31,ChangeFor the year ended March 31,Change
(dollars in thousands)       2012201120102012 vs. 20112011 vs. 2010     201420132012     2014 vs. 2013     2013 vs. 2012
       % of
revenue
              % of
revenue
              % of
revenue
                             % of
revenue
     % of
revenue
     % of
revenue
Sales and marketing$    130,93820.1%$    122,76818.3%$    114,61216.8%$    8,1706.7%$    8,1567.1%$   118,771   21.5% $   136,873   23.3% $   131,239   20.1%$   (18,102)   (13.2)% $   5,634   4.3%

Fiscal 20122014 Compared to Fiscal 20112013

SalesThe decrease in sales and marketing expense compared to fiscal 2013 was primarily due to cost reduction initiatives that resulted in decreases of $12.8 million in compensation and benefits, including commissions, from decreased staffing levels and reduced revenue compared to fiscal 2013. We had a $2.1 million decrease in intangible amortization due to certain intangibles becoming fully amortized in the first half of fiscal 2014. Other decreases from cost reduction initiatives included declines of $1.8 million in travel expenses, increased$0.8 million in advertising and marketing and $0.7 million in recruiting expenses. These decreases were partially offset by a $1.1 million increase in external service provider expense.



Table of Contents

Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012

The increase in sales and marketing expense in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 was primarily due to a $7.2$5.1 million increase in salaries and benefits, including commissions. Commissions increased due to increased branded product revenue and salaries and benefits increased largely due to growing our branded sales force. In addition, travel expenses increased $1.0 million due in part to increased airfare and fuel costs, incremental travel by our sales engineers to support customer sales and increased travel for sales training events to expand our position with existing and new channel partners to drive future growth.

Fiscal 2011 Compared to Fiscal 2010

Sales and marketing expenses increased in fiscal 2011 primarily due to a $5.4 million increase in salariescompensation and benefits from growing our branded sales force and marketing team.team in the first half of fiscal 2013. In addition, we had a $2.2 million net increase in advertising and marketing expenditures increasedexpenses and a $0.7 million increase in external service provider expense due to our awareness campaign and expanded advertising programs in the first half of fiscal 2013 intended to increase current and future demand for our products and services. These efforts contributed to stronger new customer acquisition in fiscal 2013. These increases were partially offset by $1.8a $3.6 million from supporting new product introductions and effortsdecrease in intangible amortization due to expand our position with existing and new channel partners to drive future growth.certain intangibles becoming fully amortized.

General and Administrative Expenses

For the year ended March 31,ChangeFor the year ended March 31,Change
(dollars in thousands)       2012201120102012 vs. 20112011 vs. 2010    2014     2013     2012     2014 vs. 2013     2013 vs. 2012
       % of
revenue
              % of
revenue
              % of
revenue
                            % of
revenue
% of
revenue
% of
revenue
General and administrative$    62,9109.6%$    59,4608.8%$    61,3729.0%$    3,4505.8%$    (1,912)(3.1)%$    57,865    10.5% $    62,017    10.6%$    62,666    9.6%$   (4,152)    (6.7)%$   (649)    (1.0)%

Fiscal 20122014 Compared to Fiscal 20112013

The increasedecrease in general and administrative expensesexpense was primarilylargely due to a $2.2$1.4 million increasedecrease in salariescompensation and benefits, primarily from increasedlargely as a result of decreased staffing as well as reduced stock compensation expense due to equity grants relateda modification to promotions and merit increases. In addition, we had $1.4extend the post-retirement exercise period for certain options in the first quarter of fiscal 2013 that was not repeated. Other cost decreases included $0.8 million in credits infacility expenses from consolidating facilities during fiscal 2011 primarily2014, $0.5 million due to accounts receivable recoveriesa refund of prior IT claims, $0.4 million in depreciation expense, $0.3 million in external service provider expense and a litigation settlement that were not repeated.

We may incur higher than typical legal costs$0.3 million in fiscal 2013 to defend ourselves while a patent infringement lawsuit brought by Compression Technology Solutions LLC (“CTS”) is ongoing. The CTS lawsuit is discussed in more detail in Note 13 “Commitments and Contingencies” under Legal Proceedings. Due to the inherent uncertainty of litigation, we cannot identify probable or estimable damages related to the lawsuit at this time.expensed IT equipment.



Fiscal 20112013 Compared to Fiscal 20102012

The decrease in general and administrative expenses from fiscal 2012 was primarily due to a $1.0 million decrease in net VAT expense primarily due to provisions for VAT audits during fiscal 2010 that were not repeated in fiscal 2011. In addition, we had a $0.8 million decrease in legal expenses compared tocompensation and benefits from reduced headcount as a result of restructuring actions taken in the second half of fiscal 2010.2013.

Restructuring Charges

For the year ended March 31,Change   For the year ended March 31,Change
(dollars in thousands)2012201120102012 vs. 20112011 vs. 2010201420132012   2014 vs. 2013   2013 vs. 2012
% of
revenue
     % of
revenue
% of
revenue
   % of
revenue
      % of
revenue
      % of
revenue
      
Restructuring charges (benefit) related to cost of revenue    $    (300)    0.0%    $    6020.1%    $        %    $    (902)    (149.8)%    $    602       n/a$    539     0.1%$    %$    (300)0.0%$    539n/a$    300100.0%
Restructuring charges in operating expenses1,9300.3%3,0420.5%4,7950.7%(1,112)(36.6)%(1,753)(36.6)%10,6751.9%10,1711.7%1,9300.3%5045.0%8,241n/m 
Total restructuring charges$1,6300.2%$3,6440.5%$4,7950.7%$(2,014)(55.3)%$(1,151)(24.0)%$11,2142.0%$10,1711.7%$1,6300.3%$1,04310.3%$8,541n/m 

Our restructuring actions are stepsplans have been undertaken to reduce costs in an effort to return to consistent profitability. Inprofitability and generate cash from operations. Restructuring actions in fiscal 2011 and 2012, restructuring actions2014 were largely due to consolidate operations supporting our business were the result of strategic management decisions. Indecisions to outsource our manufacturing and further consolidate repair and service operations, in addition to reducing research and development, sales and marketing and administrative activities and teams to align our workforce with our continuing operations plans.

The increase in fiscal 2010, restructuring actions2013 compared to consolidate operations supporting our business werefiscal 2012 was primarily in response to the global recession.tape revenue decrease in the first half of fiscal 2013, its impact on operating profit and the use of cash in operations. As a result, we recognized the need for and implemented restructuring plans in the second half of fiscal 2013. For additional information and disclosure of restructuring charges refer to Note 89 “Restructuring Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Until we achieve consistent and sustainable levels of profitability, we may incur restructuring charges in the future from additional strategic cost reduction efforts.



Table of Contents

Fiscal 20122014 Compared to Fiscal 20112013

The decreaseRestructuring charges increased in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 primarily due to increased facility restructuring and other restructuring charges, inlargely attributable to our decision to outsource our manufacturing operations. Facility restructuring charges increased $2.4 million from fiscal 2012 was2013 primarily due to vacating a $2.0majority of our manufacturing and warehouse facilities, all of which are in the U.S. Other restructuring charges increased $0.8 million decrease in severance chargesprimarily due to fewer positions eliminated during the year as a result of strategic management decisions and a $0.9 million decrease in restructuring charges related to cost of revenuesales incurred as a result of our manufacturing outsource decision. These were partially offset by a $2.1 million decrease in severance charges largely due to lower actual costs than estimated to exit a supplier relationship. Partially offsetting these decreases washigher average severance charge per position in the prior year as a $0.9 million increase in facility restructuring charges due to negotiating a $0.3 million settlement for a lease liability on a vacated facility in India in fiscal 2012result of the specific job type, tenure and $0.6 million in credits in fiscal 2011 primarily due to negotiating settlements for lease liabilities for amounts lower thangeographies of the outstanding lease contracts.positions eliminated.

Fiscal 20112013 Compared to Fiscal 20102012

The decreaseincrease in restructuring charges in fiscal 20112013 compared to the prior year was primarily due to a $5.3 million decrease in facility restructuring charges from vacating and accruing the remaining contractual lease payments on four facilities in fiscal 2010 as well as negotiating settlements for lease liabilities on two vacated facilities in the U.S. for amounts lower than the outstanding lease contracts in fiscal 2011. Partially offsetting this decrease was a $3.0$6.7 million increase in severance and benefits expense as a resultfrom eliminating more positions in both the U.S. and internationally across most functions of strategic management decisionsthe business to consolidate operations supporting our business inalign spending with revenue expectations. Facility restructuring expense increased $1.6 million compared to fiscal 2011. The restructuring charges2012 primarily due to accruing remaining lease expense related to costthe portion of revenue were costs from exiting a supplier relationshipU.S. facility that was vacated in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011.2013.

Gain on Sale of PatentsAssets

For the year ended March 31,ChangeFor the year ended March 31,Change
(dollars in thousands)       2012201120102012 vs. 20112011 vs. 2010   2014   2013   2012   2014 vs. 2013   2013 vs. 2012
       % of
revenue
              % of
revenue
              % of
revenue
                                           % of
revenue
              % of
revenue
               % of
revenue
                                          
Gain on sale of patents$    1,5000.2%$    %$    %$    1,500n/a$    %
Gain on sale of assets$        267    0.0%$       —     —%   $   1,500     0.2%   $   267          n/a   $    (1,500)   (100.0)%

During fiscal 2014, we had a $0.3 million gain on the sale of assets. We sold various manufacturing, repair and research and development assets in connection with our restructuring plans. During fiscal 2012, we had a $1.5 million gain on the sale of patents. Under the patent sale agreement, we retain a royalty-free license for these patents. We may enter into similar transactions in the future.



Other Income and Expense

For the year ended March 31,ChangeFor the year ended March 31,Change
(dollars in thousands)       2012201120102012 vs. 20112011 vs. 2010   2014   2013   2012   2014 vs. 2013   2013 vs. 2012
       % of
revenue
              % of
revenue
              % of
revenue
                                           % of
revenue
              % of
revenue
               % of
revenue
                                          
Other income and (expense)$    (118)0.0%$    1,1990.2%$    1,2550.2%$    (1,317)(109.8)%$    (56)(4.5)%$     1,296    0.2%$     (216)   0.0%$      (118)   0.0%$   1,512         n/m $    (98)   (83.1)%

Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2011


Other income and expense decreasedin fiscal 2014 was primarily dueattributable to an $0.8 million increase from foreign currency gains in fiscal 2014 compared to foreign currency losses in fiscal 2013. The foreign currency gains in fiscal 2014 were primarily attributable to a $1.6 million net decreasestrengthening of the US dollar against the Australian dollar. The foreign currency losses in investment gains from fiscal 2011,2013 were largely due to gains from private technology venture limited partnerships that were not repeated. In addition, we had a $0.4 million net increase in foreign exchange losses primarily due tostrengthening of the U.S.US dollar strengthening against the euroeuro. Other expense in fiscal 2012. These were partially offset by $0.9 million in fees for an amendment to our senior secured credit agreement in fiscal 2011 that were not repeated.

Fiscal 2011 Compared to Fiscal 2010

Other income and expense2013 was relatively unchanged infrom fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 from the net result of offsetting changes. We had a $1.2 million decrease from fair value gains on an interest rate collar in fiscal 2010 that expired in fiscal 2010 and $0.9 million in fees for an amendment to our senior secured credit agreement in fiscal 2011. These were offset by a $0.9 million net increase in foreign exchange gains primarily due to the U.S. dollar weakening against the Australian dollar and the euro in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 and a net increase of $0.9 million in investment gains on private technology venture limited partnerships.2012.

Interest Expense

For the year ended March 31,ChangeFor the year ended March 31,Change
(dollars in thousands)       2012201120102012 vs. 20112011 vs. 2010   2014   2013   2012   2014 vs. 2013   2013 vs. 2012
       % of              % of              % of                                           % of
revenue
              % of
revenue
               % of
revenue
                                          
revenuerevenuerevenue
Interest expense$    10,6861.6%$    20,1633.0%$    25,5153.7%$    (9,477)(47.0)%$    (5,352)(21.0)%$     9,754    1.8%$    8,342   1.4%$   10,686    1.6%$   1,412     16.9%$    (2,344)   (21.9)%

Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2011

Interest expense decreased in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 primarily due to decreased average interest rates from refinancing subordinated term debt that had a 12% interest rate with 3.5% convertible subordinated notes issued in November 2010. In addition, we had a lower senior secured term debt balance in fiscal 2012 than fiscal 2011 which also contributed to decreased interest expense.

Fiscal 2011 Compared to Fiscal 2010

Interest expense decreased in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 primarily due to decreased average interest rates from refinancing subordinated term debt with 3.5% convertible subordinated notes issued in November 2010. In addition, we reduced our outstanding senior secured term debt balance by $81.7 million and this term debt had lower interest rates compared to fiscal 2010, both of which contributed to decreased interest expense.

In addition to the items noted above, interest expense includes the amortization of debt issuance costs for debt facilities. For further information, refer to Note 7 “Long-Term8 “Convertible Subordinated Debt and Convertible SubordinatedLong-term Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.



Table of Contents

Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013

Interest expense increased from fiscal 2013 primarily due to refinancing our revolving debt balance in the third quarter of fiscal 2013 with 4.50% convertible subordinated notes. These convertible subordinated notes have a higher interest rate and a larger principal balance.

Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012

Interest expense decreased from fiscal 2012 primarily due to principal payments that reduced the outstanding debt balance in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012. We also had a lower average interest rate during fiscal 2013 than the prior year that contributed to decreased interest expense. In addition, the debt refinancing in March 2012 to a revolving credit facility that had lower debt issuance costs than the prior credit facility decreased amortization of debt issuance costs in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012.

Gain (Loss)Loss on Debt Extinguishment Net

For the year ended March 31,ChangeFor the year ended March 31,Change
(dollars in thousands)2012201120102012 vs. 20112011 vs. 2010   2014   2013   2012   2014 vs. 2013   2013 vs. 2012
          % of
revenue
          % of
revenue
          % of
revenue
                    % of
revenue
% of
revenue
% of
revenue
Gain (loss) on debt extinguishment, net$   (2,310)    (0.4)%$   (1,186)    (0.2)%$   12,859    1.9%$   (1,124)(94.8)%$   (14,045)(109.2)%
Loss on debt extinguishment$     —     —%$     —     —%$     (2,310)     (0.4)%$     —     —%$    2,310     100.0%

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, we fully repaid our senior secured term loan with Credit Suisse using cash on hand and borrowings of $49.5 million from a new credit facility with Wells Fargo.Suisse. In connection with this debt extinguishment, we wrote off $2.3 million of unamortized debt costs related to the Credit Suisse credit agreement.

During the third quarter of fiscal 2011, we fully repaid outstanding subordinated term loans by issuing $135 million aggregate principal of 3.50% convertible subordinated notes. In connection with this debt extinguishment, we wrote off $1.2 million of unamortized debt costs related to the subordinated term loans.

During fiscal 2010, we refinanced $137.9 million aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 4.75% convertible subordinated debt, consisting of $87.2 million through a tender offer and $50.7 million in a private transaction. In connection with these transactions, we recorded a gain on debt extinguishment, net of costs, of $12.9 million comprised of a gross gain of $15.6 million, reduced by $2.1 million in expenses and $0.6 million of unamortized debt costs related to the refinanced notes.

Income Taxes

For the year ended March 31,ChangeFor the year ended March 31,Change
(dollars in thousands)     2012     2011     2010     2012 vs. 2011     2011 vs. 2010   2014   2013   2012   2014 vs. 2013   2013 vs. 2012
     % of
pre-tax loss
     % of
pre-tax income
      % of
pre-tax income
          % of
pre-tax loss
% of
pre-tax loss
 % of
pre-tax loss
Income tax provision$   887(11.2)%$   130.3%$   1,2747.1%$   874n/m$   (1,261)(99.0)%$    1,217   (6.0)%$    1,161   (2.3)%$    887   (10.6)%$    56   4.8%$    274   30.9%

Income tax provision was essentially unchanged in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. The $0.9$0.3 million increase in tax expense in fiscal 20122013 compared to fiscal 20112012 was primarily due to the release in fiscal 2011 of $0.9 million in tax liabilities inhigher foreign jurisdictions that were not repeated. The $1.3 million decrease in tax expense in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 was primarily due to the release of $0.9 million in tax liabilities in foreign jurisdictions in fiscal 2011.taxes. Tax expense in fiscal 20122014, 2013 and fiscal 20102012 was primarily comprised of foreign income taxes and state taxes. Tax expense in fiscal 2011 was primarily comprisedFor additional information, including a reconciliation of foreign income taxes and state taxes, offset by the release ofeffective tax liabilities in foreign jurisdictions duerate, refer to a favorable settlement and expiration of statutes of limitation.Note 12 “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Amortization of Intangible Assets

The following table details intangible asset amortization expense by classification within our Consolidated Statements of Operations (in thousands):

For the year ended March 31,ChangeFor the year ended March 31,       Change
     2012     2011     2010     2012 vs. 2011     2011 vs. 20102014       2013       20122014 vs. 20132013 vs. 2012
Cost of revenue$     7,583$     14,662$     22,069$     (7,079)     (48.3)%$     (7,407)     (33.6)%$     1,476$     3,775$     7,583$     (2,299)       (60.9)%       $     (3,808)       (50.2)%
Research and development200400(200)(100.0)%(200)(50.0)%
Sales and marketing13,12813,41913,575(291)(2.2)%(156)(1.2)%7,4269,52413,128(2,098)(22.0)%(3,604)(27.5)%
General and administrative32100100(68)(68.0)%% 32 (32)(100.0)%
$20,743$28,381$36,144$(7,638)(26.9)%$(7,763)(21.5)%$8,902$13,299$20,743$(4,397)(33.1)%$(7,444)(35.9)%

The decreased intangible asset amortization in fiscal 20122014 and 20112013 compared to the respective prior years was due to certain intangible assets becoming fully amortized. Refer to Note 56 “Intangible Assets and Goodwill” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding our amortizable intangible assets.



Table of Contents

Share-Based Compensation

The following table summarizes share-based compensation within our Consolidated Statements of Operations (in thousands):

For the year ended March 31,ChangeFor the year ended March 31,       Change
     2012     2011     2010     2012 vs. 20112011 vs. 20102014       2013       20122014 vs. 2013       2013 vs. 2012
Cost of revenue$     2,203$     1,768$     1,366$     435     24.6%     $     402     29.4%$     1,963$     2,389$     2,203$     (426)       (17.8)%$     186       8.4%
Research and development3,2502,4862,37376430.7%1134.8%3,4303,665 3,250 (235)(6.4)%41512.8%
Sales and marketing4,0483,1212,58192729.7%54020.9% 4,0974,699 4,048 (602) (12.8)% 65116.1%
General and administrative4,2363,0463,4691,19039.1%(423)(12.2)%3,969  4,3864,236(417)(9.5)%1503.5%
$13,737$10,421$9,789$3,31631.8%$6326.5%$13,459$15,139$13,737$(1,680)(11.1)%$1,40210.2%

Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013

The increasedecrease in share-based compensation expense in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 20112014 was primarily due to a $3.7$0.9 million increasedecrease in option expense related to restricted stock units due to more restricted stock units granted for employee performance merit increases at a higher grant-date stock priceoption modifications in fiscal 2012 than2013 that were not repeated in addition to existing options becoming fully vested during fiscal 2011. In addition we2014. We also had a $0.6 million increasedecrease in expense related to the employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”) due to a combination of decreased employee contributions as a result of reduced staffing from fiscal 2013 and lower stock prices.

Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012

The increase in share-based compensation in fiscal 2013 was primarily due to $2.5 million of incremental RSU expense largely for merit awards granted in 2013 to sales and marketing and research and development team members. This increase was partially offset by a $0.9 million decrease in option expense from fiscal 2012 due to existing options becoming fully vested during fiscal 2013 and a $0.2 million decrease in expense related to the ESPP due to lower stock prices than fiscal 2012.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

As of or for the year ended March 31,
(In thousands)               2014       2013       2012
Cash and cash equivalents$     99,125$     68,976$     51,261 
Net loss(21,474)(52,179) (9,256)
Net cash provided by operating activities 35,474  7,735 45,660
Net cash used in investing activities(6,649)(10,908)(21,974)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities1,28520,975(48,353)

Fiscal 2014

The $56.9 million difference between reported net loss and cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 2014 was primarily due to $47.0 million in non-cash items, the largest of which were share-based compensation, service parts lower of cost or market adjustment, depreciation and amortization. In addition, we had a $13.4 million decrease in manufacturing inventories primarily due to outsourcing our manufacturing operations and an $8.7 million increase in deferred revenue primarily due to increased participationservice contract revenue deferred at March 31, 2014 compared to March 31, 2013. These were partially offset by a $6.1 million decrease in accrued compensation due to decreased staffing and timing of payroll payments, and a $5.9 million decrease in accounts payable primarily due to decreased purchases.

Cash used in investing activities was primarily due to $6.0 million of property and equipment purchases. Equipment purchases were primarily for engineering equipment to support product development activities, IT equipment and software, largely related to an ERP system upgrade, leasehold improvements in locations we started leasing in the second quarter of fiscal 2014 and the purchase of permanent demo units.

Cash provided by financing activities during fiscal 2014 was primarily due to receipt of $4.4 million from the exercise of stock options and issuance of shares under the employee stock purchase plan, partially offset by $1.9 million paid for taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock and the repurchase of $1.3 million of convertible subordinated debt.



Table of Contents

Fiscal 2013

The $59.9 million difference between reported net loss and cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 2013 was primarily due to $52.1 million in non-cash items, the largest of which were share-based compensation, amortization, depreciation and service parts lower of cost or market adjustment. In addition, we had an $11.9 million decrease in accounts receivable primarily due to lower revenue and service billings in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 than the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012. This was partially offset by a $1.0an $8.6 million decrease in expense related to optionsaccounts payable primarily due to more options vestingdecreased purchases and the timing of payments.

Cash used in fiscal 2012 than were replaced by new option grants.

The increase in share-based compensation expense in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010investing activities was primarily due to $10.1 million of property and equipment purchases and $2.2 million used to purchase other investments. Equipment purchases were primarily for engineering equipment and testing hardware to support product development activities and equipment to update our network. We also made leasehold improvements to a location we started leasing in the reinstatementfirst quarter of fiscal 2013. Other investment purchases we made were in private technology companies with products or features complementary to Quantum products and our strategy.

Cash provided by financing activities during fiscal 2013 was primarily due to $18.2 million in net borrowings from issuing convertible subordinated debt and repaying our line of credit balance from a portion of the ESPP in January 2010. Share-based compensation expense related toconvertible debt proceeds. In addition, we received $4.8 million from the ESPP increased $1.2 million in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 due toexercise of stock options and issuance of shares under the cancellation of the ESPP for the majority of fiscal 2010. The increase wasemployee stock purchase plan, partially offset by a $0.5$2.0 million decrease in expense related to ourpaid for taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock units as more restricted stock vested in fiscal 2011 than was replaced by new restricted stock unit grants.stock.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Recent Accounting Pronouncements in Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective expected dates of adoption and effects on our results of operations and financial condition.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

As of or for the year ended March 31,
(In thousands)      2012     2011     2010
Cash and cash equivalents$     51,261$     76,010$     114,947
Net income (loss)(8,809)4,54116,634
Net cash provided by operating activities45,66052,327100,164
Net cash used in investing activities(21,974)(10,103)(8,541)
Net cash used in financing activities(48,353)(81,286)(62,398)

Fiscal 2012

The $54.5$54.9 million difference between reported net loss and cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2012 was primarily due to $60.4 million of non-cash expenses, including $23.1 million in amortization, $13.7 million in share-based compensation, $11.8 million in depreciation and $10.7 million in service parts lower of cost or market adjustment. In addition, we had an $8.1 million increase in deferred revenue primarily due to increased sales of service contracts. Partially offsetting these was a $21.4 million use of cash from increased manufacturing inventories primarily due to purchasing materials to build and configure new products and securing hard disk drives in light of supply constraints from flooding in Thailand earlier in the fiscal year.



Cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2012 was primarily due to $11.4 million in purchases of property and equipment and $8.2 million of cash paid, net of cash acquired, for our acquisition of Pancetera. Equipment purchases were primarily for engineering equipment and testing hardware to support product development activities.

Cash used in financing activities during fiscal 2012 was primarily due to net debt repayments of $55.8 million, including $104.3 million to fully repay our senior secured term debt. We refinanced a portion of the senior secured term debt with a new revolving credit facility in fiscal 2012. This refinancing is described in more detail below in Capital Resources and Financial Condition. Partially offsetting cash used in financing activities was $10.4 million in proceeds received from the exercise of stock options and issuance of shares under the employee stock purchase plan.

Fiscal 2011

The $47.8 million difference between reported net income and cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2011 was primarily due to $67.5 million of non-cash expenses, including $30.3 million in amortization, $13.8 million in service parts lower of cost or market adjustment, $11.7 million in depreciation and $10.4 million in share-based compensation. These noncash expenses were partially offset by a $14.9 million increase in accounts receivable primarily due to increased sales of products and service billings in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010.

Cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2011 was primarily due to $12.3 million in purchases of property and equipment. Equipment purchases were primarily for engineering test equipment to support product development activities.

Cash used in financing activities during fiscal 2011 was primarily due to net debt repayments of $95.5 million, including $81.7 million of principal on our senior secured term debt. We refinanced subordinated term loans with 3.50% convertible subordinated debt in fiscal 2011, and the repayment of this long-term debt was offset by borrowings of convertible subordinated debt, net. For additional information regarding this refinancing, see Note 7 “Long-Term Debt and Convertible Subordinated Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, we received $16.5 million from the issuance of common stock.

Fiscal 2010

The $83.5 million difference between reported net income and cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2010 was primarily due to $71.3 million of non-cash expenses comprised of $38.5 million in amortization, $12.1 million in depreciation, $11.4 million in service parts lower of cost or market adjustment and $9.8 million in share-based compensation. These non-cash expenses were partially offset by a $15.6 million non-cash gain on debt extinguishment. Cash provided by operating activities was also due to an $11.5 million increase in accounts payable from the timing of payments and from increased purchases at the end of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010. In addition, we had a $9.5 million increase in deferred revenue primarily from prepaid license fees under an OEM agreement.

Cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2010 was primarily due to $8.6 million in purchases of property and equipment. Equipment purchases were comprised of engineering, IT and marketing equipment to support product development initiatives. We also upgraded a data center and invested in leasehold improvements in another facility in fiscal 2010.

Cash used in financing activities during fiscal 2010 was primarily due to repaying $61.9 million of our senior secured term debt. We refinanced a majority of our 4.375% convertible subordinated debt during the first half of fiscal 2010, and repayments of these notes were offset by borrowings of long-term debt, net, under two subordinated term loan agreements.

Capital Resources and Financial Condition

We continue to focus on improving our operating performance, including increasingefforts to increase revenue and to continue to control costs in higher margin areas of the business and continuingorder to improve margins, in an effort to return to consistent profitability and to generate positive cash flows from operating activities. We believe that our existing cash and capital resources will be sufficient to meet all currently planned expenditures, debt service, contractual obligations and sustain operations for at least the next 12 months. This belief is dependent upon our ability to achieve revenue and gross margin projections and to continue to control operating expenses in order to provide positive cash flow from operating activities. Although we recorded facility restructuring charges in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 and anticipate another nominal charge in the first quarter of fiscal 2015, payments for the accrued facility restructuring will be made monthly in accordance with the lease agreements, which continue through February 2021. As a result, the facility restructuring is not expected to change our cash requirements. Our cash outlay for these lease payments could be reduced in the future if we are able to sublease facilities. Should any of the above assumptions prove incorrect, either in combination or individually, it would likely have a material negative effect on our cash balances and capital resources.



The following is a description of our existing capital resources including outstanding balances, funds available to borrow and primary repayment terms including interest rates. For additional information, see Note 7 “Long-Term8 “Convertible Subordinated Debt and Convertible SubordinatedLong-term Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.



On March 29, 2012, we refinanced the senior securedTable of Contents

We have $203.7 million of convertible subordinated debt outstanding in addition to a line of credit agreement with Credit Suisse (“CS credit agreement”) by entering intounder a senior secured credit agreement with Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (“Wells Fargo”) providing a revolving credit facility up to $75 millionCredit agreement, inclusive of amendments (“WF credit agreement”). We have no outstanding balance on the line of credit. The $203.7 million of convertible subordinated debt is comprised of $133.7 million outstanding principal of 3.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2015 (“3.50% notes”) and $70 million outstanding principal of 4.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2017 (“4.50% notes”). The terms of the 3.50% notes are governed by an agreement dated November 15, 2010 between Quantum and U.S. Bank National Association and the terms of the 4.50% notes are governed by an agreement dated October 31, 2012 between Quantum and U.S. Bank National Association. Both the 3.50% notes and the 4.50% notes have required semi-annual interest payments and no early call provisions.

Under the WF credit agreement, as amended, we have the ability to borrow the lesser of $75 million or the amount of the monthly borrowing base under a senior secured revolving credit facility. The WF credit agreement matures March 29, 2017 or August 16, 2015 if our convertible subordinated notes remain outstanding on that date. We borrowed $49.5 million on March 29, 2012so long as an amount sufficient to repay all borrowingsthe 3.50% notes is available for borrowing under the CS credit agreement.

Under the WF credit agreement we may borrow on a revolving basis amountsor is deposited in an escrow account prior to be used to refinance all debts under our CSAugust 16, 2015. Otherwise, the WF credit agreement as well as for general purposes. The maximum principal amount that may be borrowedmatures on August 16, 2015. Quarterly, we are required to pay a 0.375% commitment fee on undrawn amounts under the revolving credit facility. There is a blanket lien on all of our assets under the lesserWF credit agreement in addition to certain financial and reporting covenants. We have letters of $75 million, reduced bycredit totaling $1.0 million, per quarter commencing July 1, 2012, orreducing the maximum amount available to borrow to $74.0 million at April 30, 2014. As of April 30, 2014, and during fiscal 2014, we were in compliance with all covenants and had no outstanding balance on the monthly borrowing base. The monthly borrowing base is comprisedline of a cash component, an accounts receivable component and an inventory component. We may prepay all or a portion of any amounts borrowed without penalty or premium.credit.

The interest rate on amounts borrowed is based on an election by us of an annual rate equal to (1) a base rate established by Wells Fargo plus an applicable margin of 1.0% to 1.5%, based on availability levels under the WF credit agreement or (2) the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.0% and 2.5%, based on availability levels under the WF credit agreement. The base rate is defined in the WF credit agreement.

At March 31, 2012, we had $49.5 million outstanding borrowings at an interest rate of 4.50%, and subsequently elected the LIBOR rate plus applicable margin on April 5, 2012, bringing the interest rate to 2.72%. In addition, we have letters of credit totaling $0.1 million, reducing the amount available to borrow on the revolver to $25.4 million at March 31, 2012. Quarterly, we are required to pay a 0.375% commitment fee on undrawn amounts under the revolving credit facility.

The WF credit agreement contains customary covenants, including cross-default provisions, as well as financial covenants that require thecovenants. Average liquidity must exceed $15 million each month. The fixed charge coverage ratio is required to be greater than 1.201.2 for the 12 month period ending on the last day of any month and average liquidity forin which the most recently completed month ofcovenant is applicable. This covenant is applicable only in months in which borrowings exceed $5 million at least $15 millionany time during the period commencing on March 29, 2012month and ending on September 30, 2012, increasing to $20 million on October 1, 2012. In addition, towas not applicable in fiscal 2014. To avoid triggering mandatory field audits and Wells Fargo controlling our cash receipts, we must maintain average liquidity of at least $20 million duringat all times. Repurchases of the period commencing on March 29, 2012 and ending on September 30, 2012, increasing to $25 million on October 1, 2012. Theresubordinated convertible notes is also a blanket lien on all of our assets under a security agreement with Wells Fargo. As of March 31, 2012, we were in compliance with all covenants.

In additionallowed as long as we have $135 million aggregate principal amounta proforma fixed coverage ratio of 3.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2015 outstanding,1.5 and liquidity of $25 million. The fixed charge coverage ratio, average liquidity and liquidity are defined in the terms of whichWF credit agreement and/or amendments. Certain schedules in the compliance certificate must be filed monthly if borrowings exceed $5 million; otherwise they are governed by an agreement between Quantum and U.S. Bank National Association. We are required to make semi-annual interest payments on these notes.be filed quarterly.

Generation of positive cash flow from operating activities has historically been, and will continue to be, an important source of cash to fund operating needs and meet our current and long-term obligations. We anticipate the combination of our current cash balance and availability on the line of credit provides us with the ability to repay the 3.50% notes while maintaining sufficient cash to fund operating needs and other obligations. In addition, we plan to generate cash from operating activities in the future, which would provide us with additional operational flexibility.

We have taken many actions in recent years to offset the negative impact of the recessioneconomic uncertainty and slow economic recoverygrowth and their impact on the data protection and big datascale-out storage and archive markets. We cannot provide assurance that the actions we have taken in the past or any actions we may take in the future will ensure a consistent, sustainable and sufficient level of net income and positive cash flow from operating activities to fund, sustain or grow our business. Certain events that are beyond our control, including prevailing economic, competitive and industry conditions, as well as various legal and other disputes, may prevent us from achieving these financial objectives. Any inability to achieve consistent and sustainable net income and cash flow could result in:

(i)Restrictions on our ability to manage or fund our existing operations, which could result in a material and adverse effect on our future results of operations and financial condition.
        
(ii)Unwillingness on the part of Wells Fargothe lenders to do any of the following:
  • Provide a waiver or amendment for any covenant violations we may experience in future periods, therebytriggering a default under, or termination of, the revolving credit line, or
  • Approve any amendments to the credit agreement we may seek to obtain in the future.


  • Provide a waiver or amendment for any covenant violations we may experience in future periods, therebytriggering a default under, or termination of, the revolving credit line, or
  • Approve any amendments to the credit agreement we may seek to obtain in the future.

Any lack of renewal, waiver, or amendment, if needed, could result in the revolving credit line becoming unavailable to us and any amounts outstanding becoming immediately due and payable. In the case of our borrowings at March 31, 2012, this would mean $49.5 million could become immediately payable.

(iii)Further impairment of our financial flexibility, which could require us to raise additional funding in the capital markets sooner than we otherwise would, and on terms less favorable to us, if available at all.


Table of Contents

Any of the above mentioned items, individually or in combination, could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations, available cash and cash flows, financial condition, access to capital and liquidity.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

Lease Commitments

We lease certain facilities under non-cancelable lease agreements. Some of the leases have renewal options ranging from one to ten years and others contain escalation clauses and provisions for maintenance, taxes or insurance. We also have equipment leases for computers and other office equipment. Future minimum lease payments under these operating leases are shown below in the “Contractual Obligations” section.

Commitments to Purchase Inventory

We use contract manufacturers for certainour manufacturing functions.operations. Under these arrangements, the contract manufacturer procures inventory to manufacture products based upon our forecast of customer demand. We have similar arrangements with certain other suppliers. We are responsible for the financial impact on the supplier or contract manufacturer of any reduction or product mix shift in the forecast relative to materials that the supplierthird party had already purchased under a prior forecast. Such a variance in forecasted demand could require a cash payment for inventory in excess of current customer demand or for costs of excess or obsolete inventory. As of March 31, 2012,2014, we had issued non-cancelable purchase commitments for $34.3$50.4 million to purchase inventory from our contract manufacturers and suppliers.

Stock Repurchases

During fiscal 2000, the Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase up to $700 million of our common stock in open market purchases or private transactions. As of March 31, 2012,2014, there was $87.9 million remaining under our authorization to repurchase Quantum common stock. No stock repurchases were made during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 20112014, 2013 and 2010.2012. Our ability to repurchase our common stock is restricted unless we meet certain thresholds under the terms of the WF credit agreement.

Contractual Obligations

The table below summarizes our contractual obligations as of March 31, 20122014 (in thousands):

Payments Due by PeriodPayments Due by Period
     Less than
1 year
     1 – 3 years     3 – 5 years     More than
5 years
     Total       Less than
1 year
       1 – 3 years       3 –5 years       More than
5 years
 Total
Convertible subordinated debt$     4,725$     9,450$     139,725$     $     153,900$     7,831$     144,716$     73,150 $            $     225,697
Long-term debt1,3462,69252,18656,224
Purchase obligations34,25934,25950,377 50,377
Operating leases12,28519,15012,52418,41162,37010,91914,76511,2438,47145,398
Total contractual cash obligations$52,615$31,292$204,435$18,411$306,753$69,127$159,481$84,393$8,471$321,472

The contractual commitments shown above include $25.6$22.0 million in interest payments on our various debt obligations based on current interest rates. The interest rate on the long-term debt can vary over the term of the loan.



obligations. As of March 31, 2012,2014, we had $5.2$5.0 million of long-term tax liabilities for uncertain tax positions, for which we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate of when payments are likely to occur.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Recent Accounting Pronouncements in Note 3 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective expected dates of adoption and effects on our results of operations and financial condition.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND POLICIES

Our discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations is based on the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. The preparation of these statements requires us to make significant estimates and judgments about future uncertainties that affect reported assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our significant accounting policies are presented within Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our critical accounting estimates require the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments and are described below. An accounting estimate is considered critical if it requires estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain when the estimate is made, if different estimates reasonably could have been used or if changes in the estimate that are reasonably possible could materially impact the financial statements. We have discussed the development, selection and disclosure of our critical accounting policies with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. We believe the assumptions and estimates used and the resulting balances are reasonable; however, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.



Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

Application of the various accounting principles related to measurement and recognition of revenue requires us to make judgments and estimates in the following related areas: determining estimated selling prices (“ESP”) and allocating revenue based on the relative selling prices in arrangements with multiple deliverables, including assessing whether we have vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) or third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) for each deliverable; the interpretation of non-standard terms and conditions in sales agreements; assessments of future price adjustments, such as rebates, price protection and future product returns and estimates for contractual licensee fees.

When we enter into sales arrangements with customers that contain multiple deliverables such as hardware, software and services, these arrangements require us to identify each deliverable and determine its ESPestimated selling price following the relative selling price hierarchy. Additionally, we sometimes use judgment in order to determine the appropriate timing of revenue recognition and to assess whether any software and nonsoftwarenon-software components function together to deliver a tangible product’s essential functionality in order to ensure the arrangement is properly accounted for as software or hardware revenue.

When we enter into multiple deliverable revenue arrangements with customers which are not subject to software revenue guidance, we use judgment to (1) separate the deliverables based on specific criteria, (2) assign an estimated selling price to each deliverable based on the selling price hierarchy using VSOE, TPE or ESPbest estimate of selling price (“BESP”) and (3) allocate the total arrangement consideration using the relative selling price method. When VSOE cannot be established we attempt to establish the selling price of each element based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for largely interchangeable products when sold separately. When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use ESP.BESP. We use judgment to determine ESP,BESP, which is the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were regularly sold on a standalone basis. In this determination we consider our discounting and internal pricing practices, external market conditions and competitive positioning for similar offerings.

While the majority of our sales arrangements contain standard terms and conditions, we sometimes apply judgment when interpreting complex arrangements with non-standard terms and conditions to determine the appropriate accounting and timing of revenue recognition. An example of such a judgment is deferring revenue related to significant post-delivery obligations and customer acceptance criteria until such obligations are fulfilled.

We license certain software to customers under licensing agreements that allow those customers to embed the software into specific products they offer. As consideration, licensees pay us a fee based on the amount of sales of their products that incorporate our software. On a periodic and timely basis, the licensees provide us with reports listing their sales to end users for which they owe us license fees. Similarly, royalty revenue is estimated from licensee reports of units sold to end users subject to royalties under master contracts. In both cases, these reports are used to substantiate delivery and we recognize revenue based on the information in these reports or when amounts can be reasonably estimated.



Inventory Allowances

Our manufacturing and service parts inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost computed on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis. Adjustments to reduce the carrying value of both manufacturing and service parts inventories to their net realizable value are made for estimated excess, obsolete or impaired balances. Factors influencing these adjustments include significant estimates and judgments about the future of product life cycles, product demand, rapid technological changes, development plans, product pricing, physical deterioration, quality issues, end of service life plans and volume of enhanced or extended warranty service contracts.



Fair ValueTable of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed in a Business CombinationContents

We use judgment when applying the various accounting principles to measure the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. There are matters that are inherently uncertain when making estimates used to determine fair value where there are not active markets for these assets and liabilities. In addition, different estimates reasonably could be used and changes in the estimate that are reasonably possible could materially impact the resulting valuation and the financial statements. For example, judgments have been required to determine fair values of amortizable intangible assets, in-process research and development and the resulting amount of goodwill. Significant estimates and assumptions we make to estimate fair value of these acquired assets include:

  • Planned product roadmaps, including the primary feature sets of new products;
  • Expected efforts and associated costs required to integrate technologies acquired into new products;
  • Assessed importance of in-process research and development to our overall development plan;
  • Estimated values and rates of a market participant;
  • Estimated future cash flows of current and future products; and
  • Estimated discount rate applied to future cash flows.

In addition, the estimated future life of purchased technology intangibles impacts future financial statements. We believe the assumptions and estimates used and the resulting fair values are reasonable.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets and Goodwill

We apply judgment when reviewing amortizable intangible and other long-lived assets (“long-lived assets”) and goodwill for impairment, including when evaluating potential impairment indicators. Indicators we consider include adverse changes in the economy or business climate that could affect the value of our long-lived assets or goodwill, changes in our stock price and resulting market capitalization relative to book value,overall financial performance such as negative or declining cash flows or operating income, changes in our business strategy, product mix or to the long-term economic outlook, decreases or slower than expected growtha sustained decrease in sales of products, relative weakness in customer channelsour stock price and, in the case of goodwill, testing long-lived assets for recoverability. In addition, we evaluate on the basis of the weight of evidence the significance of identified events and circumstances along with how they could affect the relationship between the reporting unit's fair value and carrying amount, including positive mitigating events and circumstances.

We use an undiscounted cash flow approach to evaluate our long-lived assets for recoverability when there are impairment indicators. Estimates of future cash flows require significant judgments about the future and include company forecasts and our expectations of future use of our long-lived assets, both of which may be impacted by market conditions. Other critical estimates include determining the asset group or groups within our long-lived assets, the primary asset of an asset group and the primary asset’s useful life.

During fiscal 2012,In addition to comparing the carrying value of the reporting unit to its fair value, because we early adopted the accounting guidance that allows entities tohave negative book value, we perform a qualitative assessmentanalysis to determine whether a quantitative goodwill impairment calculationit is necessary. As a result, we may perform a qualitative test, a quantitative test, or both for the annual goodwill impairment assessment. For our annual goodwill impairment testing, or if a goodwill impairment indicator exists in an interim period, we comparenot more likely than not that the fair value of the company togoodwill is less than its carrying value. Estimates toamount. If we determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of the company require significant judgment. If the results indicate our fair valuegoodwill is less than ourits carrying valueamount, then a second step must be performed to quantify the amount of goodwill impairment, if any, requiring additional assumptions and judgments.

TheIf the second step of a goodwill impairment test is required, the following assumptions and estimates may be used by management when thein an income approach is used in the second step of a goodwill impairment test.analysis. We derive discounted cash flows using estimates and assumptions about the future. Other significant assumptions may include: expected future revenue growth rates, operating profit margins, working capital levels, asset lives used to generate future cash flows, a discount rate, a terminal value multiple, income tax rates and utilization of net operating loss tax carryforwards. These assumptions are developed using current market conditions as well as internal projections. Inherent in our development of cash flow projections for the income approach used in an impairment test are assumptions and estimates derived from a review of our operating results, approved business plans, expected growth, cost of capital and income tax rates. We also make certain assumptions about future economic conditions, applicable interest rates and other market data.



Accrued Warranty

We estimate future product failure rates based upon historical product failure trends as well as anticipated future failure rates if believed to be significantly different from historical trends. Similarly, we estimate future costs of repair based upon historical trends and anticipated future costs if they are expected to significantly differ, for example due to negotiated agreements with third parties. We use a consistent model and exercise considerable judgment in determining the underlying estimates. Our model requires an element of subjectivity for all of our products. For example, historical return rates are not completely indicative of future return rates and we must therefore exercise judgment with respect to future deviations from our historical return rates. When actual failure rates differ significantly from our estimates, we record the impact in subsequent periods and update our assumptions and forecasting models accordingly. As our newer products mature, we are able to improve our estimates with respect to these products.

Income Taxes

A number of estimates and judgments are necessary to determine deferred tax assets, deferred tax liabilities and valuation allowances.We recognize the benefit from a tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the position would be sustained upon audit based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. The calculation of our tax liabilities requires judgment related to uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as we have to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit and new audit activity.

We have provided a full valuation allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets due to our history of net losses, difficulty in predicting future results and our conclusion that we cannot rely on projections of future taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets. In addition, we have provided a full valuation allowance against certain of our international net deferred tax assets. Due to reorganizations in these jurisdictions, it is unclear whether we will be able to realize a benefit from these deferred tax assets. Also, certain changes in stock ownership could result in a limitation on the amount of net operating loss and tax credit carryovers that can be utilized each year. Should we undergo such a change in stock ownership, it would severely limit the usage of these carryover tax attributes against future income, resulting in additional tax charges.



Table of Contents

Significant management judgment is required in determining our deferred tax assets and liabilities and valuation allowances for purposes of assessing our ability to realize any future benefit from our net deferred tax assets. We intend to maintain this valuation allowance until sufficient evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowance. Future income tax expense will be reduced to the extent that we have sufficient evidence to support a reversal or decrease in this allowance. We also have deferred tax assets and liabilities due to prior business acquisitions with corresponding valuation allowances after assessing our ability to realize any future benefit from these acquired net deferred tax assets.



Fair Value of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed in a Business Combination

We use judgment when applying the various accounting principles to measure the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. There are matters that are inherently uncertain when making estimates used to determine fair value where there are not active markets for these assets and liabilities. In addition, different estimates reasonably could be used and changes in the estimate that are reasonably possible could materially impact the resulting valuation and the financial statements. For example, judgments have been required to determine fair values of amortizable intangible assets, in-process research and development and the resulting amount of goodwill. Significant estimates and assumptions we make to estimate fair value of these acquired assets include:

  • Planned product roadmaps, including the primary feature sets of new products;
  • Expected efforts and associated costs required to integrate technologies acquired into new products;
  • Assessed importance of in-process research and development to our overall development plan;
  • Estimated values and rates of a market participant;
  • Estimated future cash flows of current and future products; and
  • Estimated discount rate applied to future cash flows.

In addition, the estimated future life of purchased technology intangibles impacts future financial statements. We believe the assumptions and estimates used and the resulting fair values are reasonable.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Our financial instruments are exposed to changes in market interest rates.

Market Interest Rate Risk

Changes in interest rates affect interest income earned on our cash equivalents. In addition, changesequivalents, which consisted solely of money market funds in fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013. During both fiscal 2014 and 2013, interest rates on these funds were under 1.0% and we earned a negligible amount of interest income, thus a hypothetical 100 basis point decrease in interest rates affectwould have an insignificant impact on interest expense on ourincome.

We had no outstanding borrowings under the WF credit agreement and affected interest expense on borrowings under the CS credit agreement while outstanding. Our outstandingour convertible subordinated notes have a fixed interest rate,rates, thus a hypothetical 100 basis point increase in interest rates would not impact interest expense on these borrowings.

Our cash equivalents consisted solely of money market funds at March 31, 2012 and 2011. During fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, interest rates on these funds were under 1.0%. A hypothetical decrease in interest rates would have caused an immaterial decrease in interest income for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011.

Interest accrued on our CS credit agreement at our option, based on either, a prime rate plus a margin of 2.5%, or a LIBOR rate plus a margin of 3.5%. Interest rate on amounts borrowed on our WF credit agreement is based on an election by us of an annual rate equal to (1) a base rate established by Wells Fargo plus an applicable margin of 1.0% to 1.5%, based on availability levels under the WF credit agreement or (2) the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.0% and 2.5%, based on availability levels under the WF credit agreement. A hypothetical 100 basis point increase in interest rates would increase interest expense $0.2 million and $0.4 million for fiscal 2012 and 2011, respectively.expense.



Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page
Quantum Corporation – Financial Statements
Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm4443
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 20122014 and 201120134544
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2012, 20112014, 2013 and 20102012 4645
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)Loss for the years ended March 31, 2012, 20112014, 2013 and 201020124746
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2012, 20112014, 2013 and 201020124847
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended March 31, 2012, 20112014, 2013 and 201020124948
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements5049
Schedule II – Consolidated Valuation and Qualifying Accounts76



Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and
ShareholdersStockholders of Quantum Corporation:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statementstatements of operations, stockholders' deficit, andof comprehensive loss, of cash flows, and of stockholders’ deficit present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Quantum Corporation and its subsidiariesat March 31, 201231,2014 and March 31, 2011,2013, and the results of itstheir operations and itstheir cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 20122014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidatedfinancial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2012,2014, based on criteria established inInternal Control - Integrated Framework 1992issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.



/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Seattle, Washington
June 14, 20126, 2014



Table of Contents

QUANTUM CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except par value)

     March 31,
2012
     March 31,
2011
March 31,
2014
March 31,
2013
Assets          
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$      51,261$      76,010$99,125$68,976
Restricted cash4,2301,8632,7603,023
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $217 and $403, respectively110,840114,969
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $88 and $62, respectively101,60596,835
Manufacturing inventories61,11148,13134,81553,075
Service parts inventories39,05045,03625,62935,368
Deferred income taxes5,2956,271
Other current assets9,43411,27410,16111,831
Total current assets281,221303,554274,095269,108
Long-term assets:
Property and equipment, less accumulated depreciation25,44024,98017,57421,456
Amortizable intangible assets, less accumulated amortization25,76344,711
In-process research and development349
Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization3,91112,813
Goodwill55,61346,77055,61355,613
Other long-term assets6,96210,95010,6059,892
Total long-term assets114,127127,41187,70399,774
$395,348$430,965$     361,798$     368,882
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable$56,304$52,203$41,792$47,634
Accrued warranty7,5867,0346,1167,520
Deferred revenue, current93,44187,48898,09891,108
Current portion of long-term debt1,067
Accrued restructuring charges1,7524,028
Accrued restructuring charges, current4,3453,021
Accrued compensation31,97131,24925,03630,964
Income taxes payable1,1331,172
Other accrued liabilities17,86621,41815,16814,569
Total current liabilities210,053205,659190,555194,816
Long-term liabilities:
Deferred revenue, long-term36,43034,28140,05438,393
Deferred income taxes4,5646,820
Long-term debt49,495103,267
Accrued restructuring charges, long-term4,0231,735
Convertible subordinated debt135,000135,000203,735205,000
Other long-term liabilities6,4867,04910,83111,301
Total long-term liabilities231,975286,417258,643256,429
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ deficit:
Preferred stock:
Preferred stock, 20,000 shares authorized; no shares issued as of March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011
Preferred stock, 20,000 shares authorized; no shares issued as of March 31, 2014 and 2013
Common stock:
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; 236,402 and 227,311 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively2,3642,273
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; 250,410 and 243,080 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively2,5042,431
Capital in excess of par value409,770385,911 443,547427,611
Accumulated deficit(465,397)(456,588) (540,071)(518,597)
Accumulated other comprehensive income6,5837,2936,620   6,192
Stockholders’ deficit(46,680)(61,111)(87,400)(82,363)
$395,348$430,965$361,798$368,882

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.



Table of Contents

QUANTUM CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share data)

For the year ended March 31,For the year ended March 31,
2012     2011     2010     2014     2013     2012
Product revenue$      451,340$      456,903$      456,101$348,318$398,910$451,469
Service revenue144,364151,095156,477147,199144,037144,364
Royalty revenue56,66664,27268,84957,64844,49256,154
Total revenue652,370672,270681,427553,165587,439651,987
Product cost of revenue290,376294,375300,568237,076267,274290,376
Service cost of revenue88,45994,311100,82275,93079,60488,466
Restructuring charges (benefit) related to cost of revenue(300)602
Restructuring charges related to cost of revenue539(300)
Total cost of revenue378,535389,288401,390313,545346,878378,542
Gross margin273,835282,982280,037239,620240,561273,445
Operating expenses:
Research and development74,36573,00869,94964,37573,96074,365
Sales and marketing130,938122,768114,612118,771136,873131,239
General and administrative62,91059,46061,37257,86562,01762,666
Restructuring charges1,9303,0424,79510,67510,1711,930
Total operating expenses270,143258,278250,728251,686283,021 270,200
Gain on sale of patents1,500
Income from operations5,19224,70429,309
Gain on sale of assets2671,500
Income (loss) from operations (11,799)(42,460)4,745
Other income and expense(118)1,1991,255 1,296 (216)(118)
Interest expense(10,686)(20,163)(25,515)(9,754) (8,342)     (10,686)
Gain (loss) on debt extinguishment, net of costs(2,310)(1,186)12,859
Income (loss) before income taxes(7,922)4,55417,908
Loss on debt extinguishment  (2,310)
Loss before income taxes(20,257)(51,018)(8,369)
Income tax provision887131,2741,2171,161887
Net income (loss)$(8,809)$4,541$16,634
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic$(0.04)$0.02$0.08
Diluted(0.04)0.020.02
Net loss$     (21,474)$     (52,179)$(9,256)
Weighted average shares:
Basic232,599220,888212,672
Diluted232,599229,738223,761
Basic and diluted net loss per share$(0.09)$(0.22)$(0.04)
Weighted average common and common equivalent shares:
Basic and diluted247,024239,855232,599

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.



Table of Contents

QUANTUM CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)LOSS
(In thousands)

For the year ended March 31,For the year ended March 31,
2012     2011     2010     2014     2013     2012
Net income (loss)$      (8,809)$      4,541$      16,634
Net loss$(21,474)$(52,179)$(9,256)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:
Foreign currency translation adjustments(513)1,083459679(583)(513)
Net unrealized gain (loss) on revaluation of long-term intercompany balances, net of taxes of $(52), $(37) and $10, respectively(197)(139)38
Net unrealized gain (loss) on revaluation of long-term intercompany balances, net of taxes of $(67), $51 and $(52), respectively (251) 192(197)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)(710)944497 428(391) (710)
Total comprehensive income (loss)$(9,519)$5,485$17,131
Total comprehensive loss$     (21,046)$     (52,570)$     (9,966)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.



Table of Contents

QUANTUM CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

For the year ended March 31,
2012     2011     2010
Cash flows from operating activities:
       Net income (loss)$      (8,809)$      4,541$      16,634
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
              Depreciation11,77411,65712,098
              Amortization23,10130,30438,461
              Service parts lower of cost or market adjustment10,73613,79611,424
              (Gain) loss on debt extinguishment2,3101,186(15,613)
              Deferred income taxes(1,280)(184)(466)
              Share-based compensation13,73710,4219,789
              Other non-cash writeoffs302
              Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisition:
                     Accounts receivable4,134(14,935)4,454
                     Manufacturing inventories(21,373)(1,460)2,328
                     Service parts inventories3,6421,9553,217
                     Accounts payable4,107(1,466)11,495
                     Accrued warranty5521,150(5,268)
                     Deferred revenue8,073(3,876)9,484
                     Accrued restructuring charges(2,284)227(917)
                     Accrued compensation810(302)3,824
                     Income taxes payable12(1,454)(2,239)
                     Other assets and liabilities(3,582)4651,459
Net cash provided by operating activities45,66052,327100,164
Cash flows from investing activities:
       Purchases of property and equipment(11,414)(12,339)(8,595)
       (Increase) decrease in restricted cash(2,505)32(112)
       Return of principal from other investments972,204166
       Payment for business acquisition, net of cash acquired(8,152)
Net cash used in investing activities(21,974)(10,103)(8,541)
Cash flows from financing activities:
       Borrowings of long-term debt, net48,535120,042
       Repayments of long-term debt(104,334)(203,449)(61,934)
       Borrowings of convertible subordinated debt, net130,022
       Repayments of convertible subordinated debt(22,099)(122,288)
       Payment of taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock(2,944)(2,307)(1,069)
       Proceeds from issuance of common stock10,39016,5472,851
Net cash used in financing activities(48,353)(81,286)(62,398)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents(82)125190
       Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents(24,749)(38,937)29,415
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period76,010114,94785,532
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$51,261$76,010$114,947
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
       Fair value of common stock issued for business combination$2,767$$
       Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable1,902
Cash paid during the year for:
       Interest8,26616,47824,781
       Income taxes, net of refunds1,8571,8681,856
       For the year ended March 31,
201420132012
Cash flows from operating activities:               
Net loss$     (21,474)$     (52,179)$(9,256)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
       Depreciation10,71312,41311,774
       Amortization10,53614,64623,101
       Service parts lower of cost or market adjustment11,30710,08110,736
       Loss on debt extinguishment2,310
       Deferred income taxes36(142)(1,280)
       Share-based compensation13,45915,13913,737
       Other non-cash983
        Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisition:
              Accounts receivable(4,770)11,8804,517
              Manufacturing inventories13,352(2,098)(21,373)
              Service parts inventories2,6753,7353,642
              Accounts payable(5,881)(8,630)4,107
              Accrued warranty(1,404)(66)552
              Deferred revenue8,651(370)8,073
              Accrued restructuring charges3,6193,009(2,284)
              Accrued compensation(6,140)(1,663)1,118
              Other assets and liabilities(188)1,980(3,814)
Net cash provided by operating activities35,4747,73545,660
             
Cash flows from investing activities:
       Purchases of property and equipment(5,957)(10,099)(11,414)
       (Increase) decrease in restricted cash4261,113(2,505)
       Purchase of other investments(1,118)(2,169)
       Return of principal from other investments24797 
       Payment for business acquisition, net of cash acquired  (8,152)
Net cash used in investing activities(6,649)(10,908) (21,974)
 
Cash flows from financing activities:      
       Borrowings of long-term debt, net 48,535
       Repayments of long-term debt(49,495)     (104,334)
       Borrowings of convertible subordinated debt, net67,701
       Repayments of convertible subordinated debt(1,265)
       Payment of taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock(1,880)(2,036)(2,944)
       Proceeds from issuance of common stock4,4304,80510,390
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities1,28520,975(48,353)
 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents39(87)(82)
       Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents30,14917,715(24,749)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period68,97651,26176,010
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$99,125$68,976$51,261
 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
       Fair value of common stock issued for business combination$$$2,767
       Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable6493541,902
Cash paid during the year for:
       Interest8,2475,6728,266
       Income taxes, net of refunds5742,5961,857

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.



Table of Contents

QUANTUM CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(In thousands)

 Accumulated 
Common Stock
Capital
in Excess of
Par Value
Accumulated
Deficit
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
Total
  Capital Other SharesAmount
Common Stock       in Excess of       Retained       Comprehensive        
Shares       Amount Par Value Deficit Income Total
Balances as of March 31, 2009  210,231$      2,102$      349,850$      (477,763)$           5,852$      (119,959)
Net income16,63416,634
Foreign currency translation adjustments459459
Net unrealized gain on revaluation of long-term intercompany balance, net of tax of $103838
Shares issued under employee stock incentive plans, net4,715471,7351,782
Share-based compensation expense9,7899,789
Balances as of March 31, 2010214,9462,149361,374(461,129)6,349(91,257)
Net income4,5414,541
Foreign currency translation adjustments1,0831,083
Net unrealized loss on revaluation of long-term intercompany balance, net of tax of $(37)(139)(139)
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan3,234323,9123,944
Shares issued under employee stock incentive plans, net9,1319210,20410,296
Share-based compensation expense10,42110,421
Balances as of March 31, 2011227,3112,273385,911(456,588)7,293(61,111)     227,311     $2,273     $385,911     $(457,162)     $7,293     $(61,685)
Net loss(8,809)(8,809)(9,256)(9,256)
Foreign currency translation adjustments(513)(513)(513)(513)
Net unrealized loss on revaluation of long-term intercompany balance, net of tax of $(52)(197)(197)(197)(197)
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan3,036315,0125,0433,036315,0125,043
Shares issued under employee stock incentive plans, net5,084512,3522,4035,084512,3522,403
Shares issued in connection with business acquisition97192,7582,76797192,7582,767
Share-based compensation expense13,73713,73713,73713,737
Balances as of March 31, 2012236,402$2,364$409,770$(465,397)$6,583$(46,680)236,4022,364409,770(466,418)6,583(47,701)
Net loss(52,179)(52,179)
Foreign currency translation adjustments(583)(583)
Net unrealized gain on revaluation of long-term intercompany balance, net of tax of $51 192192
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan3,783384,402  4,440
Shares issued under employee stock incentive plans, net2,89529 (1,700)   (1,671)
Share-based compensation expense  15,139 15,139
Balances as of March 31, 2013243,0802,431427,611(518,597)6,192(82,363)
Net loss(21,474) (21,474)
Foreign currency translation adjustments679679
Net unrealized loss on revaluation of long-term intercompany balance, net of tax of $(67)(251)(251)
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan3,220323,4243,456
Shares issued under employee stock incentive plans, net4,11041(947)(906)
Share-based compensation expense13,45913,459
Balances as of March 31, 2014250,410$  2,504$   443,547$   (540,071)$          6,620$   (87,400)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.



Table of Contents

QUANTUM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1: BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Quantum Corporation (“Quantum”, the “Company”, “us” or “we”), founded in 1980, is a globalleading expert in scale-out storage, archive and data protection, providing solutions for capturing, sharing, transforming and bigpreserving digital assets over the entire data management.lifecycle. Our customers, ranging from small businesses to major enterprises, have trusted us to address their most demanding content workflow challenges. We provide solutions for storing and protecting information in physical, virtual cloud and big datacloud environments that are designed to help customers be certainBe CertainTM they are maximizinghave an end-to-end storage foundation to maximize the value of their data over its entire lifecycle. With our solutions, customers can better adapt in a world of continuing change by keepingmaking it accessible whenever and protecting more data for a longer period of time whilewherever needed, offering indefinite retention and reducing coststotal cost and increasing return on investment.complexity. We work closely with a broad network of distributors, value-added resellers (“VARs”), direct marketing resellers (“DMRs”), original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and other suppliers to meet customers’ evolving data protection and big data management needs. Our stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol QTM.

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Quantum and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. On June 13, 2011, we acquired Pancetera Software, Inc. (“Pancetera”), and Pancetera’s results of operations are included in our Consolidated Statements of Operations from that date. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the U.S. requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the period. We base estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions about the future that are believed to be reasonable based on available information. Our reported financial position or results of operations may be materially different under different conditions or when using different estimates and assumptions, particularly with respect to significant accounting policies, which are discussed below. In the event that estimates or assumptions prove to differ from actual results, adjustments are made in the current period to reflect this current information.

NOTE 2: REVISION OF PRIOR PERIOD FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

During the first quarter of fiscal 2014, we identified an error related to certain allowances recorded for estimated future price adjustments on products and services sold to our customers. The error had accumulated over a significant number of years, resulting in a $1.5 million cumulative overstatement of revenue and accounts receivable at April 1, 2013. Revenue for fiscal 2013 and 2012 was $0.1 million overstated and $0.1 million understated, respectively, as a result of this error. In addition, in fiscal 2013 we identified a $0.7 million under accrual of sales commission expense for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 that was not previously recorded in fiscal 2013. Sales and marketing expense in fiscal 2013 was understated by $0.7 million as a result of this error. The cumulative effect of recording these items in fiscal 2014 would have been a $2.2 million increase in net loss for the year.

In addition, we had previously identified the following items:

  • A $0.5 million understatement of royalty revenue in fiscal 2011 that was corrected as an out-of-period adjustment in fiscal 2012; and
  • A $0.9 million understatement of payroll tax expense on commissions that was corrected as an out-of-period adjustment to sales and marketing expense in fiscal 2013. Of the cumulative adjustment, $0.3 million related to fiscal 2012 and $0.6 million related to periods prior to fiscal 2012.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2014, we evaluated these errors in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 99 and determined that the cumulative impact of errors was not material to our results of operations, financial position or cash flows in our previously issued financial statements and; therefore, amendments of previously filed reports are not required. However, if the entire correction of the errors had been recorded during the first quarter of fiscal 2014, the impact would have been significant to the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the quarter ended June 30, 2013. As a result, we revised our prior period financial statements to reflect the correction of these errors.

In the third quarter of fiscal 2014, we identified three balance sheet misclassifications between current and long-term balances related to certain prepaid expenses, restructuring accruals and straight-line rent balances. As of March 31, 2013, current assets were overstated by $0.4 million and current liabilities were overstated by $7.4 million for these items. We determined these balance sheet reclassifications were not material and did not change our conclusion to revise our prior period financial statements made in the first quarter of fiscal 2014. We reflected these reclassifications in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2013 as a further revision of our prior period financial statements in accordance with the SEC's Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108 (“SAB No. 108”).



Table of Contents

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, we identified an error related to straight-line rent expense that had accumulated since fiscal 2006, resulting in a $2.1 million cumulative overstatement of rent expense and total other accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities at April 1, 2013. General and administrative expense was overstated by $0.2 million for both fiscal 2013 and 2012 as a result of this error. We also identified an additional error related to certain allowances recorded for estimated future price adjustments with a cumulative $0.7 million overstatement of revenue and accounts receivable related to periods prior to fiscal 2012.

We have determined that it is appropriate to further revise our prior period financial statements as a result of the errors identified in the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2014, in accordance with SAB No. 108. The revisions to correct these items in the applicable prior periods are reflected in the financial information herein and will be reflected in future filings containing such financial information. The revisions had no net impact on our net income (loss) per diluted share for any prior period.

We believe the foregoing revisions are not material to any prior period’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, Consolidated Statements of Operations, Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss or Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit and have no impact on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The impact of these revisions to our Consolidated Balance Sheet at March 31, 2013; our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012; and our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the first three quarters of fiscal 2014 and each quarter of fiscal 2013 is summarized as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     As of March 31, 2013
As Reported     As Revised
     Accounts receivable$      99,093$      96,835
Other current assets12,19211,831
Total current assets271,727269,108
Other long-term assets9,5319,892
Total long-term assets99,41399,774
Total assets371,140368,882
Accrued restructuring charges, current4,7563,021
Accrued compensation30,31130,964
Other accrued liabilities20,18814,569
Total current liabilities201,517194,816
Accrued restructuring charges, long-term1,735
Other long-term liabilities7,81211,301
Total long-term liabilities251,205256,429
Accumulated deficit(517,816)(518,597)
Stockholders’ deficit(81,582)(82,363)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit371,140368,882



Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Operations – Annual

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
20132012
          As Reported     As Revised     As Reported     As Revised
Product revenue$      399,043$      398,910$      451,340$      451,469
Royalty revenue44,49244,49256,66656,154
Total revenue587,572587,439652,370651,987
Cost of service revenue79,64779,60488,45988,466
Total cost of revenue346,921346,878378,535378,542
Gross margin240,651240,561273,835273,445
Sales and marketing expenses137,041136,873130,938131,239
General and administrative expenses62,17962,01762,91062,666
Total operating expenses283,351283,021270,143270,200
Income (loss) from operations(42,700)(42,460)5,1924,745
Loss before income taxes(51,258)(51,018)(7,922)(8,369)
Net loss(52,419)(52,179)(8,809)(9,256)
Diluted net loss per share(0.22)(0.22)(0.04)(0.04)

Consolidated Statements of Operations – Quarterly – Fiscal 2014 - Unaudited

Fiscal 2014
     1stQuarter2ndQuarter
     As Reported     As Revised     As Reported     As Revised
Product revenue$      85,969$      85,849$      84,707$      84,756
Total revenue147,969147,849131,430131,479
Gross margin69,95569,83556,34356,392
General and administrative expenses14,69714,68914,81314,795
Total operating expenses64,10864,10061,37561,357
Income (loss) from operations5,8475,735(5,032)(4,965)
Income (loss) before income taxes3,7833,671(7,426)(7,359)
Net income (loss)3,3933,281(7,960)(7,893)
Diluted net income (loss) per share0.010.01(0.03)(0.03)
 
3rdQuarter
As ReportedAs Revised
Product revenue$      98,348$      98,287
Total revenue145,930145,869
Gross margin61,43461,373
General and administrative expenses14,27914,261
Total operating expenses61,47161,453
Loss from operations(37)(80)
Loss before income taxes(2,107)(2,150)
Net loss(2,415)(2,458)
Diluted net loss per share(0.01)(0.01)



Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Operations – Quarterly – Fiscal 2013 - Unaudited

Fiscal 2013
1stQuarter2ndQuarter
     As Reported     As Revised     As Reported     As Revised
     Product revenue$      93,811$      93,778$      100,067$      100,034
Total revenue140,879140,846147,340147,307
Cost of service revenue20,33420,30420,23220,232
Total cost of revenue85,08485,05488,11688,116
Gross margin55,79555,79259,22459,191
Sales and marketing expenses35,27834,44434,44134,441
General and administrative expenses16,78016,73915,27915,238
Total operating expenses70,60769,73269,19569,154
Loss from operations(14,812)(13,940)(9,971)(9,963)
Loss before income taxes(16,999)(16,127)(11,898)(11,890)
Net loss(17,498)(16,626)(12,268)(12,260)
Diluted net loss per share(0.07)(0.07)(0.05)(0.05)

3rdQuarter4thQuarter
As Reported     As Revised     As Reported     As Revised
     Product revenue     $      112,517$      112,483$      92,648$      92,615
Total revenue159,395159,361139,958139,925
Cost of service revenue19,36019,36019,72119,708
Total cost of revenue91,36791,36782,35482,341
Gross margin68,02867,99457,60457,584
Sales and marketing expenses33,58833,58833,73434,400
General and administrative expenses14,85114,81015,26915,230
Total operating expenses73,65673,61569,89370,520
Loss from operations(5,628)(5,621)(12,289)(12,936)
Loss before income taxes(7,798)(7,791)(14,563)(15,210)
Net loss(8,146)(8,139)(14,507)(15,154)
Diluted net loss per share(0.04)(0.04)(0.06)(0.06)

These revisions impacted our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss and Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for each period by an amount equal to the impact to net income (loss) for the applicable period.

NOTE 2:3: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Revenue Recognition

Revenue consists of sales of hardware, software and services, as well as royalties we earn for the license of certain intellectual property. Revenue is recognized from the sale of products and services when it is realized or realizable and earned. Revenue is considered realized and earned when: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and when collectibilitycollectability is reasonably assured. Royalty revenue is recognized when earned or amounts can be reasonably estimated.

Multiple Element Arrangements

We enter into sales arrangements with customers that contain multiple deliverables such as hardware, software and services, and these arrangements require assessment of each deliverable to determine its estimated selling price. Additionally, we use judgment in order to determine the appropriate timing of revenue recognition and to assess whether any software and non-software components function together to deliver a tangible product’s essential functionality in order to ensure the arrangement is properly accounted for as software or hardware revenue. The majority of our products are hardware products which contain software essential to the overall functionality of the product. Hardware products are generally sold with customer field support agreements.



Table of Contents

For arrangements with multiple elements, arrangement consideration is first allocated between software (consisting of nonessential and stand-alone software) and non-software deliverables on a relative fair value basis.

Arrangement consideration in such multiple element transactions is allocated to each non-software element based on the fair value hierarchy, where the selling price for an element is based on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), if available; third-party evidence (“TPE”), if VSOE is not available; or the best estimate of selling price (“BESP”), if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. For BESP, we consider our discounting and internal pricing practices.

For software deliverables, we allocate revenue between multiple elements based on software revenue recognition guidance, which requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair values of those elements. The fair value of an element must be based on VSOE. Where fair value of delivered elements is not available, revenue is recognized on the “residual method” based on the fair value of undelivered elements. If evidence of fair value of one or more undelivered elements does not exist, all revenue is deferred and recognized at the earlier of the delivery of those elements or the establishment of fair value of the remaining undelivered elements.

Product Revenue — Hardware

Revenue for hardware products sold to distributors, VARs, DMRs, OEMs and end users is generally recognized upon shipment. When significant post-delivery obligations exist, the related revenue is deferred until such obligations are fulfilled. If there are customer acceptance criteria in the contract, we recognize revenue upon end user acceptance, which typically occurs after delivery and installation are completed.acceptance.

In the period revenue is recognized, allowances are provided for estimated future price adjustments, such as rebates, price protection and future product returns. These allowances are based on programs in existence at the time revenue is recognized, plans regarding future price adjustments, the customers’ master agreements and historical product return rates. Since we have historically been able to reliably estimate the amount of allowances required, we recognize revenue, net of projected allowances, upon shipment to our customers. If we were unable to reliably estimate the amount of revenue adjustments in any specific reporting period, then we would be required to defer recognition of the revenue until the rights had lapsed and we were no longer under any obligation to reduce the price or accept the return of the product.



Product Revenue — Software

Software revenue is generally recognized upon shipment or electronic delivery and when vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value for undelivered elements exists. For software arrangements with multiple elements, the residual method is used to determine the amount of productproducts, we generally recognize revenue to be recognized. Under the residual method, the VSOE of fair value for the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portionupon delivery of the arrangement consideration is recognized as product revenue, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria of appropriate revenue guidance have been met.software. Revenue from post-contract customer support agreements, which entitle software customers to both telephone support and any unspecified upgrades and enhancements during the term of the agreement, is classified as product revenue and recognized ratably over the term of the support agreement.

We license certain software to customers under licensing agreements that allow those customers to embed our software into specific products they offer. As consideration, licensees pay us a fee based on the amount of sales of their products that incorporate our software. On a periodic and timely basis, the licensees provide us with reports listing their sales to end users for which they owe us license fees. As the reports substantiate delivery has occurred, we recognize revenue based on the information in these reports or when amounts can be reasonably estimated.

Service Revenue

Revenue for service is generally recognized upon services being rendered. Service revenue primarily consists of customer field support agreements for our hardware products, installation, professional services and out-of-warranty repairs.products. For customer field support agreements, revenue equal to the separately stated price of these service contracts for our hardware products is initially deferred and recognized as revenue ratably over the contract period. Installation and professional services are not considered essential to the functionality of our products as these services do not alter the product capabilities, do not require specialized skills and may be performed by our customers or other vendors. Installation and professional services are recognized upon completion. Out-of-warranty repair revenue is recognized upon completion of the repair.

Royalty Revenue

We license certain intellectual property to third party manufacturers under arrangements that are represented by master contracts. The master contracts give the third party manufacturers rights to the intellectual property which include allowing them to either manufacture or include the intellectual property in products for resale. As consideration, the licensees pay us a per-unit royalty for sales of their products that incorporate our intellectual property. On a periodic and timely basis, the licensees provide us with reports listing units sold to end users subject to the royalties. As the reports substantiate delivery has occurred, we recognize revenue based on the information in these reports or when amounts can be reasonably estimated.



Multiple Element Arrangements

For multiple deliverable revenue arrangements with customers which are not subject to software revenue guidance, we separate the deliverables based on specific criteria, assign an estimated selling price to each deliverable based on the selling price hierarchy using VSOE, third-party evidenceTable of selling price (“TPE”) or estimated selling price (“ESP”) and allocate the total arrangement consideration using the relative selling price method. When VSOE cannot be established we attempt to establish the selling price of each element based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for largely interchangeable products when sold separately. When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use ESP. For ESP, we consider our discounting and internal pricing practices. Additionally, for certain transactions we evaluate whether any undelivered elements are essential to the functionality of the delivered elements in order to determine the appropriate timing of revenue recognition. If specific criteria are not met, the arrangement is accounted for as one unit of accounting which results in revenue being deferred until the earlier of when such criteria are met, when the last undelivered element is delivered or ratably over the contract term as appropriate.Contents

Service Cost of Revenue

We classify expenses as service cost of revenue by estimating the portion of our total cost of revenue that relates to providing field support to our customers under contract, installation, integration and repair services.contract. These estimates are based upon a variety of factors, including the nature of the support activity and the level of infrastructure required to support the activities from which we earn service revenue. In the event our service business changes, our estimates of cost of service revenue may be impacted. Service cost of revenue excludes costs associated with basic warranty support on new products.



Shipping and Handling Fees

Shipping and handling fees are included in cost of revenue and were $20.3$13.6 million, $22.2$16.0 million and $26.1$20.3 million in fiscal 2012, 20112014, 2013 and 2010,2012, respectively.

Research and Development Costs

Expenditures relating to the development of new products and processes are expensed as incurred. These costs include expenditures for employee compensation, materials used in the development effort, other internal costs, as well as expenditures for third party professional services. We have determined that technological feasibility for our software products is reached shortly before the products are released to manufacturing. Costs incurred after technological feasibility is established have not been material. We expense software-related research and development costs as incurred.

Advertising Expense

We expense advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 2011 and 2010 was $4.3$8.4 million, $5.0$8.2 million and $3.9$4.3 million, respectively.

Restructuring Charges

In recent periods and over the past several years, we have recorded significant restructuring charges related to the realignment and restructuring of our business operations. These charges represent expenses incurred in connection with strategic planning, certain cost reduction programs and acquisition integrations that we have implemented and consist of the cost of involuntary termination benefits, facilities charges, asset write-offs and other costs of exiting activities or geographies.

The charges for involuntary termination costs and associated expenses often require the use of estimates, primarily related to the number of employees to be paid severance and the amounts to be paid, largely based on years of service and statutory requirements. Assumptions to estimate facility exit costs include the ability to secure sublease income largely based on market conditions, the likelihood and amounts of a negotiated settlement for contractual lease obligations and other exit costs. Other estimates for restructuring charges consist of the realizable value of assets including associated disposal costs and termination fees with third parties for other contractual commitments.

Share-Based Compensation

WeFor the majority of our share-based awards, we account for share-based compensation using the Black-Scholes stock option pricing model to estimate the fair value of share-based awards at the date of grant. TheFor awards that contain market conditions, we use a Monte-Carlo simulation model to estimate the fair value of share-based awards. Both the Black-Scholes model requiresand Monte-Carlo models require the use of highly subjective assumptions, including expected life, expected volatility and expected risk-free rate of return. Other reasonable assumptions in either model could provide differing results. We calculate a forfeiture rate to estimate the share-based awards that will ultimately vest based on types of awards and historical experience. Additionally, for awards which are performance based, we make estimates as to the probability of the underlying performance being achieved.

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

Assets, liabilities and operations of foreign offices and subsidiaries are recorded based on the functional currency of the entity. For a majority of our foreign operations, the functional currency is the U.S. dollar. The assets and liabilities of foreign offices with a local functional currency are translated, for consolidation purposes, at current exchange rates from the local currency to the reporting currency, the U.S. dollar. The resulting gains or losses are reported as a component of other comprehensive income. Foreign exchange gains and losses from changes in the exchange rates underlying intercompany balances that are of a long-term investment nature are also reported as a component of other comprehensive income. Assets and liabilities denominated in other than the functional currency are remeasured each month with the remeasurement gain or loss recorded in other income and expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Foreign currency gains and losses recorded in other income and expense were a $0.3 million gain in fiscal 2014, a $0.5 million loss in fiscal 2013 and a $0.1 million loss in fiscal 2012, a $0.3 million gain in fiscal 2011 and a $0.6 million loss in fiscal 2010.2012.



Table of Contents

Income Taxes

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities due to the effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. We also reduce deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

We recognize the benefit from a tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the position would be sustained upon audit based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. The calculation of our tax liabilities requires judgment related to uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as we have to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit and new audit activity. A change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional tax charge to the provision.

We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in the income tax provision in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. To the extent accrued interest and penalties do not become payable, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision in the period that such determination is made.

Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash and Other Investments

We consider all highly liquid debt instruments with a maturity of 90 days or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are carried at fair value, which approximates their cost.

Restricted cash is comprised of bank guarantees and similar required minimum balancesthat serve as cash collateral in connection with various items including insurance requirements, value added taxes, ongoing tax audits and leases in certain countries.

We also hold investmentsInvestments in private technology venture limited partnerships. These investments individually represent voting ownership interests of less than 20%.partnerships are currently accounted for using the equity method because we are deemed to have influence. Ownership interests in these limited partnerships are accounted for under the equity method unless our interest is so minor (typically less than 5%) that we have virtually no influence over the partnership operating and financial policies, in which case the cost method is used. Currently, our investments in these limited partnerships are accounted for using the equity method.

Investments in other privately held companies are accounted for under the cost method unless we hold a significant stake. We review non-marketable equity investments on a regular basis to determine if there has been any impairment of value which is other than temporary by reviewing their financial information, gaining knowledge of any new financing or other business agreements and assessing their operating viability. Investments in non-marketable equity investments are recorded in other long-term assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and, for the majority of our customers, require no collateral. For customers that do not meet our credit standards, we often require a form of collateral, such as cash deposits or letters of credit, prior to the completion of a transaction. These credit evaluations require significant judgment and are based on multiple sources of information. We analyze such factors as our historical bad debt experience, industry and geographic concentrations of credit risk, current economic trends and changes in customer payment terms. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and expected collectibilitycollectability of outstanding accounts receivable. We record bad debt expense in general and administrative expenses.

Manufacturing Inventories

Our manufacturing inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost computed on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis. Adjustments to reduce the cost of manufacturing inventory to its net realizable value, if required, are made for estimated excess, obsolete or impaired balances. Factors influencing these adjustments include declines in demand, rapid technological changes, product life cycle and development plans, component cost trends, product pricing, physical deterioration and quality issues. Revisions to these adjustments would be required if these factors differ from our estimates.



Table of Contents

Service Parts Inventories

Our service parts inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. We carry service parts because we generally provide product warranty for 1 to 3 years and earn revenue by providing enhanced and extended warranty and repair service during and beyond this warranty period. Service parts inventories consist of both component parts, which are primarily used to repair defective units, and finished units, which are provided for customer use permanently or on a temporary basis while the defective unit is being repaired. Defective parts returned from customers that can be repaired are repaired and put back into service parts inventories at their faircurrent carrying value. We record adjustments to reduce the carrying value of service parts inventory to its net realizable value, and we dispose of parts with no use and a net realizable value of zero. Factors influencing these adjustments include product life cycles, end of service life plans and volume of enhanced or extended warranty service contracts. Estimates of net realizable value involve significant estimates and judgments about the future, and revisions would be required if these factors differ from our estimates.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Machinery and equipment3 to 5 years
Computer equipment3 to 5 years
ERP software10 years
Other software3 years
Furniture and fixtures5 years
Other office equipment5 years
Leasehold improvementsLife of lease

Amortizable Intangible and Other Long-lived Assets

We review the useful lives of amortizable intangible and other long-lived assets (“long-lived assets”) quarterly and review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. The company operates as a single reporting unit for business and operating purposes, and our impairment evaluation also treats the company as a single reporting unit.asset group. Impairment indicators we consider include a significant decrease in the market price of our long-lived asset group, adverse changes in the extent or manner in which our long-lived assets are being used, adverse changes in the business climate that could affect the value of our long-lived assets, changes ina current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of our stock pricelong-lived assets and resulting market capitalization relative to book value, downward revisions inan expectation that it is more likely than not our revenue outlook, decreaseslong-lived assets will be sold or slower than expected growth in salesotherwise disposed of products and relative weakness in customer channels.significantly before the end of their previously estimated useful life. If we indentifyidentify impairment indicators, we evaluate recoverability using an undiscounted cash flow approach. Estimates of future cash flows incorporate company forecasts and our expectations of future use of our long-lived assets, and these factors are impacted by market conditions. If impairment is indicated, an impairment charge is recorded to write the long-lived assets down to their estimated fair value.

Goodwill

We evaluate goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, or more frequently when indicators of impairment are present. During fiscal 2012, we early adopted the accounting guidance that allows entities to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether a quantitative calculation is necessary. As a result, we may perform a qualitative test, a quantitative test, or both for the annual impairment assessment. Some of the impairment indicators we consider include changes in our stock price and resulting market capitalization relative to book value, changes in the business climate, business strategy or product mix, changes to the long-term economic outlook and testing long-lived assets for recoverability. We operate as a single reporting unit and consider the company as a whole when reviewing theseimpairment factors. In addition to comparing the carrying value of the reporting unit to its fair value, because we have negative book value, we perform a qualitative analysis to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying amount. Some of the impairment indicators we consider include significant differences between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of our assets and liabilities; macroeconomic conditions such as a deterioration in general economic condition or limitations on accessing capital; industry and market considerations such as a deterioration in the environment in which we operate and an increased competitive environment; cost factors such as increases in raw materials, labor, or other costs that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows; overall financial performance such as negative or declining cash flows or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods; other relevant events such as litigation, changes in management, key personnel, strategy or customers; the testing for recoverability of our long-lived assets and a sustained decrease in share price. We evaluate the significance of identified events and circumstances on the basis of the weight of evidence along with how they could affect the relationship between the reporting unit's fair value and carrying amount, including positive mitigating events and circumstances. If we determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying amount, then a second step is performed to quantify the amount of goodwill impairment. If impairment is indicated, a goodwill impairment charge is recorded to write the goodwill down to its implied fair value.



Table of Contents

Accrued Warranty

We generally warrant our hardware products against defects for periods ranging from 1 to 3 years from the date of sale. Our tape automation systems and disk systems may carry service agreements with customers that choose to extend or upgrade the warranty service. We provide repair services from our facility in Colorado Springs, Colorado as well as multiple third party providers inside and outside of the U.S. We use a combination of internal resources and third party service providers to supply field service and support. We continue to evaluate repair sites, and any resulting actions taken may affect the future costs of repair. If the actual costs were to differ significantly from our estimates, we would record the impact of these unforeseen costs or cost reductions in subsequent periods.

We estimate future failure rates based upon historical product failure trends as well as anticipated future failure rates if believed to be significantly different from historical trends. Similarly, we estimate future costs of repair based upon historical trends and anticipated future costs if they are expected to significantly differ, for example due to negotiated agreements with third parties. We use a consistent model and exercise considerable judgment in determining the underlying estimates. Our model requires an element of subjectivity for all of our products. For example, historical rates of return are not completely indicative of future return rates and we must therefore exercise judgment with respect to future deviations from our historical return rate. When actual failure rates differ significantly from our estimates, we record the impact in subsequent periods and update our assumptions and forecasting models accordingly. As our newer products mature, we are able to improve our estimates with respect to these products. It is reasonably likely that assumptions will be updated for failure rates and, therefore, our accrued warranty estimate could change in the future.

Business Combinations

We allocate the purchase price paid to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. Any excess purchase price above the identified net tangible and intangible assets and assumed liabilities is allocated to goodwill. We consider fair value to be the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We estimate fair value using the fair value hierarchy for the tangible and intangible assets acquired as well as liabilities and contingencies assumed from the acquired company.

Derivative Financial Instruments

We recognize all derivatives, whether designated in hedging relationships or not, on the balance sheet at fair value. If the derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the hedged item are recognized in earnings. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive income and are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations when the hedged item affects earnings. Derivatives not designated or qualifying as a hedging instrument are adjusted to fair value through earnings. We may, from time to time, enter into derivative instruments to hedge against known or forecasted market exposures.

Common Stock Repurchases

During fiscal 2000, the Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase up to $700 million of our common stock in open market or private transactions. As of March 31, 20122014 and 2011,2013, there was $87.9 million remaining on our authorization to repurchase Quantum common stock. Our ability to repurchase our common stock is restricted unless we meet certain thresholds under the terms of the Wells Fargo credit agreement (“WF credit agreement”).

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

We use exit prices, that is the price to sell an asset or transfer a liability, to measure assets and liabilities that are within the scope of the fair value measurements guidance. We classify these assets and liabilities based on the following fair value hierarchy:

Level 1:Quoted (observable) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:Observable inputs other than Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
Level 3:Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.



The assets measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis consist of money market funds which are valued using quoted market prices at the respective balance sheet dates and are level 1 fair value measurements (in thousands):

As of March 31,
     2012     2011
Money market funds $     37,776 $     68,560
As of March 31,
2014          2013
     Money market funds$      93,077$      60,496

We have certain non-financial assets that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis when there is an indicator of impairment, and they are recorded at fair value only when an impairment is recognized. These assets include property and equipment, amortizable intangible assets in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) and goodwill. We did not record impairments to any non-financial assets in fiscal 20122014 or fiscal 2011.2013. We do not have any non-financial liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis.



We haveTable of Contents

Our financial liabilities for which we are obligated to repay the carrying value, unless the holder agrees to a lesser amount.were comprised solely of convertible subordinated debt at March 31, 2014 and 2013. The carrying value and fair value of these financial liabilitiesbased on quoted market prices in less active markets (level 2 fair value measurement) were as follows (in thousands):

As of March 31,
20122011
     Carrying Value     Fair Value     Carrying Value     Fair Value
Senior secured revolving debt(1)$     49,495$     49,495$     $     
Senior secured term debt(2)    104,334  103,812
Convertible subordinated debt(3)135,000136,350  135,000133,126
____________________
As of March 31,
20142013
          Carrying Value     Fair Value     Carrying Value     Fair Value
Convertible subordinated debt$      203,735$      203,820$      205,000$      194,639

(1)Fair value based on outstanding borrowings and market interest rates.
(2)Fair value based on non-binding broker quotes using current market information.
(3)Fair value based on quoted market prices.

Amortization

In the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, amortization is comprised of amortization for intangibles and amortization of capitalized debt fees.

Risks and Uncertainties

As is typical in the information storage industry, a significant portion of our customer base is concentrated among a small number of OEMs, distributors and large VARs. The loss of any one of our more significant customers, or a significant decrease in the sales volume with one of these significant customers, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, if there is a downturn in general economic conditions, the resulting effect on IT spending could also have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We also face risks and uncertainties since our competitors in one area may be customers or suppliers in another.

A limited number of products comprise a significant majority of our sales, and due to increasingly rapid technological change in the industry, our future operating results depend on our ability to develop and successfully introduce new products.

Concentration of Credit Risk

We currently invest our excess cash in deposits with major banks and in money market funds. In the past, we have also held investments in short-term debt securities of companies with strong credit ratings from a variety of industries, and we may make investments in these securities in the future. We have not experienced any material losses on these investments and limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer and to any one type of investment.

We sell products to customers in a wide variety of industries on a worldwide basis. In countries or industries where we are exposed to material credit risk, we may require collateral, including cash deposits and letters of credit, prior to the completion of a transaction. We do not believe we have significant credit risk beyond that provided for in the financial statements in the ordinary course of business.



Sales to our top five customers represented 31% of revenue in fiscal 2014 compared to 32% of revenue in fiscal 2013 and 34% of revenue in fiscal 2012 compared to 33% of revenue in fiscal 2011 and 37% of revenue in fiscal 2010.2012. We had no customers that comprised 10% or greater of revenue in fiscal 2012. Sales to our largest customer, Dell Inc. (“Dell”), were 10% of revenue in2014, fiscal 2011 compared to 13% of revenue in2013 or fiscal 2010.2012.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In the first quarter of fiscal 2012, we adopted the goodwill impairment guidance for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. Adoption of this standard did not have an impact on our financial position or results of operations.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2012, we adopted the guidance for disclosure of supplementary pro forma information for business combinations. Adoption of this standard did not have an impact on our financial position or results of operations, other than the additional disclosures included in the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, we early adopted the guidance regarding the presentation of other comprehensive income. We elected to present other comprehensive income in two separate but consecutive statements of net income and its components followed immediately by a statement of other comprehensive income (loss). Adoption of this standard did not have an impact on our financial position or results of operations, other than the additional statement in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, we early adopted the guidance that allows entities to perform a qualitative assessment for step one goodwill impairment testing. Adoption of this standard did not have an impact on our financial position or results of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011,March 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update 2013-05,Foreign Currency Matters (Topic 830): Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) (“ASU 2013-05”). ASU 2013-05 clarifies that when a parent reporting entity ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business within a foreign entity, the parent is required to apply the guidance in ASC 830-30 to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net income. Accordingly, the cumulative translation adjustment should be released into net income only if the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity in which the subsidiary or group of assets had resided. ASU 2013-05 is effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim reporting periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2013. Early adoption is permitted; however, if an entity elects to early adopt ASU 2013-05, it should be applied as of the beginning of the entity’s fiscal year of adoption. Prior periods should not be adjusted. We early adopted ASU 2012-05 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 and adoption did not impact our statements of financial position or results of operations.



Table of Contents

In February 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-04,2013-02—Fair Value MeasurementComprehensive Income (Topic 820)220): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSsReporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2011-04”2013-02”), which amends. ASU 2013-02 requires entities to provide information about the accounting standardsamounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period, disclosure of these significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income is required. For other amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to disclosures that provide additional detail about those amounts. ASU 2013-02 is effective prospectively for fair value measurementsreporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. Early adoption is permitted. We adopted ASU 2012-02 in the first quarter of fiscal 2014 and adoption did not impact our statements of financial position or results of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11,Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (“ASU 2013-11”). ASU 2013-11 requires an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for an net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward, or similar tax loss or tax credit carryforward, rather than as a liability when (1) the uncertain tax position would reduce the NOL or other carryforward under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction and (2) the entity intends to use the deferred tax asset for that purpose. ASU 2013-11 does not require new recurring disclosures. ASU 2011-04 provides clarifications about the application of existing fair value measurement and disclosure requirements. In addition, ASU 2011-04 changes how to measure fair value of financial instruments managed within a portfolio and how to apply premiums and discounts. There are also additional disclosures required. ASU 2011-042013-11 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011.2013. We will apply this standard beginningadopt ASU 2013-11 prospectively in the first quarter of fiscal 20132015 and do not anticipate adoption will impact our statements of financial position or results of operations.

NOTE 3:4: ACQUISITION

On June 13, 2011, in order to enhance our product offerings and technology portfolio we acquired Pancetera pursuant to a statutory merger in exchange for approximately $11.0 million, comprised of $8.2 million in cash and $2.8 million in Quantum common stock. We acquired all outstanding shares of Pancetera and assumed all of Pancetera’s outstanding unvested stock options according to the option exchange ratio defined in the merger agreement with Pancetera. We also assumed unvested restricted Pancetera common stock in accordance with the merger agreement. Pancetera’s results of operations are included in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Cash Flows from the June 13, 2011 acquisition date.

The acquisition was recorded under the acquisition method of accounting, resulting in the purchase price being allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill. The allocation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is set forth below (in thousands):

Current assets$46
Property and equipment     37
Amortizable intangible assets1,795 
In-process research and development 349
Goodwill8,843
Current liabilities (116)
       Total purchase price$     10,954


Current assets$      46
Property and equipment37
Amortizable intangible assets1,795
In-process research and development349
Goodwill8,843
Current liabilities(116)
       Total purchase price$      10,954

In performing our purchase price allocation, we considered, among other factors, our intention for future use of acquired assets, analyses of historical financial performance and estimates of future performance of Pancetera’s existing and future products. The fair value of current assets, property and equipment and current liabilities was based on market prices at the acquisition date. The fair value of amortizable intangible assets and IPR&D was based, in part, on a valuation using a discounted cash flow approach and other valuation techniques as well as management’s estimates and assumptions.

The amortizable intangible assets are all related to developed technology and are included in purchased technology within Note 56 “Intangible Assets and Goodwill.” Purchased technology, which comprises products that have reached technological feasibility, was primarily related to SmartRead®. SmartRead is patented technology, primarily comprised of a set of algorithms that reduce storage input-output when performing maintenance tasks such as backup, replication or migration of virtual machines. Pancetera products containing the SmartRead technology included SmartViewTM and SmartMotionTM, which have been rebranded as vmPRO software solutions. Purchased technology intangible assets also include a combination of Pancetera processes, patents and trade secrets related to the design and development of these products. This proprietary know-how can be leveraged to develop new technology and improve our products. The SmartRead purchased technology intangible asset has an amortization period of four years.



Table of Contents

IPR&D represents incomplete Pancetera research and development projects that had not reached technological feasibility as of the acquisition date. Due to the nature of IPR&D, the expected life is indeterminate and we periodically evaluate for attainment of technological feasibility or impairment. Technological feasibility is established when an enterprise has completed all planning, designing, coding and testing activities that are necessary to establish that a product can be produced to meet its design specifications including functions, features and technical performance requirements. The value assigned to IPR&D was determined by considering the importance of each project to our overall development plan, estimating costs to develop the purchased IPR&D into commercially viable products, estimating the resulting net cash flows from the projects when completed and discounting the net cash flows using a discount rate of 18% to their present value based on the percentage of completion of the IPR&D projects. During fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of IPR&D reached technological feasibility, was transferred to amortizable purchased technology intangible assets and is being amortized over its estimated useful life of four years.

The goodwill as a result of this acquisition is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes. In addition, we incurred acquisition expenses of $0.3 million during fiscal 2012 which arewere included in general and administrative expense in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. The following unaudited supplemental pro forma information presents the combined results of operations of Quantum and Pancetera as if the acquisition had occurred as of the beginning of fiscal 2011 (in thousands):

As of March 31
     2012     2011
Pro forma revenue $      652,404$      672,376 
Pro forma net loss(9,506) (1,303)
 

NOTE 4:5: BALANCE SHEET DETAILS

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash consisted of (in thousands):

As of March 31,
20142013
Cash     $8,808     $11,503
Money market funds93,07760,496
$     101,885$     71,999
 
Manufacturing inventories consisted of (in thousands):
 
 As of March 31,
20142013
Finished goods$18,069$19,480
Work in process1,0568,633
Materials and purchased parts15,69024,962
 $34,815$53,075
 
Service parts inventories consisted of (in thousands):
 
As of March 31,
20142013
Finished goods$17,926$19,750
Component parts7,70315,618
$25,629$35,368



AsTable of March 31Contents

20122011
Cash$     17,715$     8,744
Certificates

Property and equipment consisted of deposit

569
Money market funds37,77668,560
$55,491$77,873
(in thousands):

As of March 31,
     2014     2013
Machinery and equipment $    119,783 $    149,245
Furniture and fixtures6,1276,521
Leasehold improvements20,11619,734
 146,026175,500
Less: accumulated depreciation(128,452)(154,044)
$17,574$21,456



Manufacturing inventories consisted of (in thousands):

As of March 31
     2012     2011
Finished goods$      22,122$      19,999
Work in process5,7817,385
Materials and purchased parts33,20820,747
$61,111$48,131 
 
Service parts inventories consisted of (in thousands):
 
     As of March 31
2012     2011
Finished goods$      19,202$      25,348
Component parts19,84819,688
$39,050$45,036
 
Property and equipment consisted of (in thousands):
 
As of March 31
2012     2011
Machinery and equipment$      162,182$      154,206
Furniture and fixtures7,0457,193
Leasehold improvements23,34822,563
 192,575 183,962
Less: accumulated depreciation (167,135) (158,982)
$25,440$24,980

NOTE 5:6: INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

Intangible Assets

Acquired intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which generally range from one to eight years. In estimating the useful lives of intangible assets, we considered the following factors:

  • The cash flow projections used to estimate the useful lives of the intangible assets showed a trend of growththat was expected to continue for an extended period of time;
  • Our tape automation products, disk systems and software, in particular, have long development cycles; theseproducts have experienced long product life cycles; and
  • Our ability to leverage core technology into data protection and big datascale-out storage and archive solutions and,therefore, toextendto extend the lives of these technologies.

Acquired IPR&D is amortized over its estimated useful life once technological feasibility is reached. If IPR&D is determined to not have technological feasibility or is abandoned, we write off the IPR&D in that period.

Following is the weighted average amortization period for our amortizable intangible assets:

Amortization
(Years)
Purchased technology6.2
Trademarks6.0
Customer lists7.17.6
       All intangible assets6.56.6



Intangible amortization within our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2012, 20112014, 2013 and 20102012 follows (in thousands):

For the year ended March 31,For the year ended March 31,
     2012     2011     2010201420132012
Purchased technology$     7,583$     14,862$     22,469     $1,476     $3,775     $7,583
Trademarks700 810810244700
Non-compete agreements 32 10010032
Customer lists 12,42812,609 12,7657,4269,28012,428
$20,743$28,381 $36,144$    8,902$    13,299$    20,743



Table of Contents

The following tables providetable provides a summary of the carrying value of amortizable intangible assets (in thousands):

As of March 31,As of March 31,
2012201120142013
     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Amount
     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Amount
Gross
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Amount
Gross
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Amount
Purchased technology$     182,922$     (176,893)$     6,029$     188,167$     (176,350)$     11,817     $179,475     $(178,348)     $1,127     $180,613     $(178,168)     $2,445
Trademarks 3,900(3,656)24427,260 (26,316)9443,900(3,900)3,900(3,900)
Non-compete agreements   500(468)32
Customer lists106,419 (86,929) 19,490 106,419 (74,501)31,91876,019(73,235)2,784105,719(95,509)10,210
In-process research and development158158
$293,241$(267,478)$25,763$322,346$(277,635) $44,711$    259,394$    (255,483)$    3,911$    290,390$    (277,577)$    12,813

The total expected future amortization related to amortizable intangible assets is provided in the table below (in thousands):

     Amortization
Fiscal 2013$     13,283
Fiscal 2014 8,849
Fiscal 20153,541
Fiscal 2016 90
       Total as of March 31, 2012$25,763
Amortization
Fiscal 2015     $3,628
Fiscal 2016177
Fiscal 201771
Fiscal 201835
       Total as of March 31, 2014 $        3,911

We did not haveevaluate our amortizable intangible and other long-lived assets for impairment whenever indicators forof impairment exist and concluded the carrying amount of our long-lived assets was recoverable and there was no impairment in fiscal 2012,2014, 2013 and 2012. In fiscal 20112014 and fiscal 2010. In fiscal 2012,2013, we wrote off $30.9$31.0 million and $3.2 million, respectively, of fully amortized intangible assets related to fiscal 2002, 2003, 2006 and 20032007 acquisitions. In-process research and development of $0.1 million and $0.2 million reached technological feasibility during fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, respectively, was transferred to amortizable purchased technology intangible assets and is being amortized over its estimated useful life.

Goodwill

The following provides a summary of the carrying value of goodwill (in thousands):

     Goodwill     Accumulated
Impairment Losses
     Net Amount
Balance March 31, 2010$     385,770$          (339,000)$     46,770
       Fiscal 2011 activity
Balance March 31, 2011385,770(339,000) 46,770
       Pancetera acquisition  8,843    8,843
Balance March 31, 2012$394,613$(339,000)$55,613
GoodwillAccumulated
Impairment Losses
Net Amount
Balance March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014     $    394,613     $       (339,000)     $    55,613

Our annual impairment evaluation for goodwill in the fourth quarterquarters of fiscal 20122014, 2013 and fiscal 20112012 did not indicate any impairment of our goodwill forin fiscal 2012 or fiscal 2011.2014, 2013 and 2012.



NOTE 6:7: ACCRUED WARRANTY

The following table details the change in the accrued warranty balance (in thousands):

For the year ended March 31,
     2012     2011
Beginning balance$       7,034$       5,884
       Additional warranties issued9,97311,049
       Adjustments for warranties issued in prior fiscal years1,956 2,610 
       Settlements(11,377) (12,509)
Ending balance$7,586 $7,034
 

We warrant our products against defects for 1 to 3 years. A provision for estimated future costs and estimated returns for credit relating to warranty is recorded when products are shipped and revenue recognized. Our estimate of future costs to satisfy warranty obligations is primarily based on historical trends and, if believed to be significantly different from historical trends, estimates of future failure rates and future costs of repair. Future costs of repair include materials consumed in the repair, labor and overhead amounts necessary to perform the repair. If future actual failure rates differ from our estimates, we record the impact in subsequent periods. If future actual costs of repair were to differ significantly from our estimates, we would record the impact of these unforeseen cost differences in subsequent periods.

 

NOTE 7: LONG-TERM DEBT AND CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBT

 

Our debt consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
As of March 31,
20122011
Senior secured revolving debt     $     49,495     $     
Senior secured term debt 104,334
Convertible subordinated debt 135,000 135,000
$184,495$239,334
For the year ended March 31,
20142013
Beginning balance     $    7,520     $    7,586
       Additional warranties issued8,5089,632
       Adjustments for warranties issued in prior fiscal years(228)1,070
       Settlements(9,684)(10,768)
Ending balance$6,116$7,520

We warrant our products against defects for 1 to 3 years. A provision for estimated future costs and estimated returns for credit relating to warranty is recorded when products are shipped and revenue recognized. Our estimate of future costs to satisfy warranty obligations is primarily based on historical trends and, if believed to be significantly different from historical trends, estimates of future failure rates and future costs of repair. Future costs of repair include materials consumed in the repair, labor and overhead amounts necessary to perform the repair. If future actual failure rates differfrom our estimates, we record the impact in subsequent periods. If future actual costs of repair were to differ significantly from our estimates, we would record the impact of these unforeseen cost differences in subsequent periods.



Table of Contents

NOTE 8: CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBT AND LONG-TERM DEBT

Convertible Subordinated Debt

4.50% Notes

On October 31, 2012, we issued $60 million aggregate principal amount of 4.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2017, and on November 6, 2012 we issued an additional $10 million aggregate principal amount of 4.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2017 pursuant to an over-allotment provision (“4.50% notes”). These notes are convertible into shares of our common stock at a conversion rate of 607.1645 shares per $1,000 principal amount, a conversion price of approximately $1.65 per share. We may not redeem the notes prior to their maturity date although investors may convert the 4.50% notes into Quantum common stock until November 14, 2017 at their option. In addition, since purchasers are qualified institutional investors, as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”), the 4.50% notes have not been registered under the Securities Act. We pay 4.50% interest per annum on the principal amount of the 4.50% notes semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year beginning in May 2013. Interest began to accrue on October 31, 2012. The terms of the 4.50% notes are governed by an agreement dated October 31, 2012 between Quantum and U.S. Bank National Association. The 4.50% notes are subordinated to any existing indebtedness and other liabilities. We incurred and capitalized $2.3 million of fees for the 4.50% notes which are included in other long-term assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. These fees are amortized to interest expense over the term of the notes and are included in amortization in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

3.50% Notes

On November 15, 2010, we issued $135 million aggregate principal amount of 3.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2015 with a conversion price of $4.33 per share of our common stock (“3.50% notes”). We may not redeem the 3.50% notes prior to their maturity date although investors may convert the 3.50% notes into Quantum common stock until November 14, 2015 at their option. In addition, since purchasers are qualified institutional investors, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the 3.50% notes have not been registered under the Securities Act. We pay 3.50% interest per annum on the principal amount of the 3.50% notes semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The terms of the 3.50% notes are governed by an agreement dated November 15, 2010 between Quantum and U.S. Bank National Association. The 3.50% notes are subordinated to any existing indebtedness and other liabilities. We incurred and capitalized $5.0 million of loan fees in fiscal 2011 for the 3.50% notes which are included in other long-term assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. These fees are amortized to interest expense over the term of the notes and are included in amortization in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. On March 11, 2014, we entered into a private transaction with a note holder to repurchase $1.3 million of aggregate principal amount of notes for $1.3 million.

Long-Term Debt

Wells Fargo Credit Agreement

On March 29, 2012, we refinanced the senior secured credit agreement with Credit Suisse (“CS credit agreement”) by entering into a senior secured credit agreement with Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (“Wells Fargo”) providing a revolving credit facility up to $75 million (“WF credit agreement”). The WF credit agreement matures March 29, 2017, or August 16, 2015 if our convertible subordinated notes remain outstanding on that date. We borrowed $49.5 million on March 29, 2012 to repay all borrowings under the CS credit agreement. Amounts borrowed are included in long-term debt on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.LLC. We incurred and capitalized $1.0 million of fees related to the WF credit agreement which are included in other long-term assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. These fees are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the WF credit agreement.agreement in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and are included in amortization expense in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Amounts borrowed are included in long-term debt on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

On April 24, 2014, the WF credit agreement was amended to allow us to use proceeds from the credit agreement to repay the convertible subordinated notes so long as we have a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.5 and liquidity of $25 million. The amendment also impacted the available line, maturity date and certain covenants and compliance obligations which are reflected below. In addition, there were amendments in fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, including an amendment to allow the assignment of one third of the total revolver commitment to Silicon Valley Bank and other conforming and related modifications.

Under the WF credit agreement, as amended, we mayhave the ability to borrow on a revolving basis amounts to be used to refinance all debts under our CS credit agreement as well as for general purposes. The maximum principal amount that may be borrowed is the lesser of $75 million reduced by $1.0 million per quarter commencing July 1, 2012, or the amount of the monthly borrowing base.base under a senior secured revolving credit facility. The monthlyWF credit agreement matures March 29, 2017 so long as an amount sufficient to repay the 3.50% notes is available for borrowing baseunder the WF credit agreement or is compriseddeposited in an escrow account prior to August 16, 2015. Otherwise, the WF credit agreement matures on August 16, 2015. Quarterly, we are required to pay a 0.375% commitment fee on undrawn amounts under the revolving credit facility.



Table of Contents

There is a cash component, an accounts receivable componentblanket lien on all of our assets under the WF credit agreement in addition to certain financial and an inventory component.reporting covenants. We may prepay all or a portionhave letters of any amounts borrowed without penalty or premium.credit totaling $1.0 million, reducing the maximum amount available to borrow to $54.0 million at March 31, 2014, which increased to $74.0 million with the April 2014 amendment.

The interest rate on amounts borrowed is based on an election by us of an annual rate equal to (1) a base rate established by Wells Fargo plus an applicable margin of 1.0% to 1.5%, based on availability levels under the WF credit agreement or (2) the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.0% and 2.5%, based on availability levels under the WF credit agreement.



At March 31, 2012, we had $49.5 million outstanding borrowings at an interest The base rate of 4.50%, and subsequently electedis defined in the LIBOR rate plus applicable margin on April 5, 2012, bringing the interest rate to 2.72%. In addition, we have letters ofWF credit totaling $0.1 million, reducing the amounts available to borrow on the revolver to $25.4 million at March 31, 2012. Quarterly, we are required to pay a 0.375% commitment fee on undrawn amounts under the revolving credit facility.agreement.

The WF credit agreement contains customary covenants, including cross-default provisions, as well as financial covenants that require thecovenants. Average liquidity must exceed $15.0 million each month. The fixed charge coverage ratio is required to be greater than 1.201.2 for the 12 month period ending on the last day of any month and average liquidity forin which the most recently completed month ofcovenant is applicable. This covenant is applicable only in months in which borrowings exceed $5.0 million at least $15 millionany time during the period commencing on March 29, 2012month and ending on September 30, 2012, increasing to $20 million on October 1, 2012. In addition, towas not applicable in fiscal 2014. To avoid triggering mandatory field audits and Wells Fargo controlling our cash receipts, we must maintain average liquidity of at least $20$20.0 million during the period commencing on March 29, 2012 and ending on September 30, 2012, increasing to $25 million on October 1, 2012. Both theat all times. The fixed charge coverage ratio, average liquidity and average liquidity are defined in the WF credit agreement. There is also a blanket lien on all of our assets under a security agreement with Wells Fargo. and/or amendments. Certain schedules in the compliance certificate must be filed monthly if borrowings exceed $5.0 million; otherwise they are to be filed quarterly.

As of March 31, 2012,2014, and during fiscal 2014, we were in compliance with all covenants.covenants and had no outstanding balance on the line of credit.

Credit Suisse Credit Agreement

On July 12, 2007, we refinanced a prior credit facility by entering into a senior secured credit agreement with Credit Suisse providing a $50 million revolving credit facility and a $400 million senior secured term loan. We borrowed $400 million on the term loan to repay all borrowings under a prior(“CS credit facility used to fund the Advanced Digital Information Corporation acquisition.agreement”). We incurred and capitalized $8.1 million of loan fees related to the CS credit agreement which were included in other long-term assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. These feesSheets and were amortized to interest expense over the respective loan terms. Interest accrued onterms in the term loan at our option based on either, a prime rate plus a marginConsolidated Statements of 2.5%, or a LIBOR rate plus a marginOperations. The amount amortized in each fiscal year was included in amortization expense in the Consolidated Statements of 3.5%. During fiscal 2011, we made principal payments of $81.7 million on the CS credit agreement term loan, and inCash Flows. In fiscal 2012, we made principal payments of $104.3 million to fully extinguishextinguished the term loan and CS credit agreement.

Subordinated Term Loans

On November 15, 2010, we paid $121.7 million plus $1.8 million in accrued and unpaid interest to settle subordinated term loans with EMC International Company. As a result of the voluntary prepayment in full of these term loans, we have satisfied all of our obligations under these loans. We funded this payment using proceeds from the 3.50% convertible subordinated notes.

Convertible Subordinated Debt

Current Notes Issued November 2010

On November 15, 2010, we issued $135 million aggregate principal amount of the current notes due November 15, 2015 (“current notes”) with a conversion price of $4.33 per share of our common stock. We may not redeem the notes prior to their maturity date although investors may convert the current notes into Quantum common stock until November 14, 2015 at their option. In addition, since purchasers are qualified institutional investors, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”), the current notes have not been registered under the Securities Act. We pay 3.50% interest per annum on the principal amount of the current notes semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The terms of the current notes are governed by an agreement dated November 15, 2010 between Quantum and U.S. Bank National Association. The current notes are subordinated to any existing indebtedness and other liabilities.

We incurred and capitalized $5.0 million of loan fees in fiscal 2011 for the current notes which are included in other long-term assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. These fees are amortized to interest expense over the loan term.



4.375% Notes Issued July 2003

On July 30, 2010, we paid $22.1 million plus $0.5 million in accrued and unpaid interest to redeem the 4.375% convertible subordinated notes outstanding at that date in accordance with the contractual terms at maturity. These notes matured August 1, 2010.

Gain (Loss)Loss on Debt Extinguishment Net of Costs

In fiscal 2012, in connection with fully extinguishing the CS term loan and credit agreement on March 29, 2012, we wrote off $2.3 million of unamortized debt costs related to the CS term loan and credit agreement.

In fiscal 2011, in connection with the repayment of our subordinated term loans on November 15, 2010, we wrote off $1.2 million of unamortized debt costs related to these term loans.

In fiscal 2010, in connection with a tender offer and a private transaction for the 4.375% convertible subordinated notes issued July 2003, we recorded a gain on debt extinguishment, net of costs, of $12.9 million comprised of a gross gain of $15.6 million, reduced by $2.1 million in expenses and $0.6 million of unamortized debt costs related to these notes.



Debt Maturities

A summary of the scheduled maturities for our outstanding debt as of March 31, 20122014 follows (in thousands):

     Debt MaturityDebt Maturity
Fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2015$
Fiscal 2015     $     
Fiscal 2016135,000133,735
Fiscal 201749,495
Total as of March 31, 2012$184,495
Fiscal 201870,000
Total as of March 31, 2014$203,735



Derivatives

We do not engage in hedging activity for speculative or trading purposes. Under the termsTable of the CS credit agreement, we were required to hedge floating interest rate exposure on 50% of our funded debt balance through December 31, 2009. We entered into an interest rate collar instrument with a financial institution that fixed the interest rate on $100.0 million of our variable rate term loan from December 31, 2008 through December 31, 2009. We incurred $1.5 million in interest expense in fiscal 2010 on this collar.Contents

Our interest rate collar did not meet all of the criteria necessary for hedge accounting. We recorded the fair market value in other accrued liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and the change in fair market value in other income and expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, recognizing a gain of $1.2 million in fiscal 2010. As of December 31, 2009, the interest rate collar had expired.

NOTE 8:9: RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

Our restructuring actions are steps undertaken to reduce costs in an effort to return to consistent profitability.profitability and generate cash from operations. In fiscal 20122014, 2013 and 2011,2012, restructuring actions to consolidate operations supporting our business were the result of strategic management decisions. In fiscal 2010, restructuring actions to consolidate operations supporting our business were undertaken to improve operational efficiencies and to adapt our operations in recognition of economic conditions. The following summarizes the type of restructuring expense for fiscal 2012, 20112014, 2013 and 20102012 (in thousands):

For the year ended March 31,
     2014     2013     2012
Restructuring expense (benefit) related to cost of revenue$539$$(300)
Restructuring expense in operating expense10,67510,1711,930
$11,214$10,171$1,630
For the year ended March 31,For the year ended March 31,
     2012     2011     2010201420132012
Severance and benefits$     1,585$     3,580$     602$6,139$8,251$1,585
Facilities345(538)4,7924,3031,920345
Other(300)602(599)772(300)
$1,630$3,644$4,795$    11,214$    10,171$    1,630

Fiscal 2014

Restructuring charges in fiscal 2014 were primarily due to strategic management decisions to outsource our manufacturing operations and further consolidate repair and service activities, inclusive of exiting manufacturing facilities. In addition, we had additional consolidation in research and development, sales and marketing and administrative activities and teams to align our workforce with our continuing operations plans. Severance and benefits charges of $6.1 million in fiscal 2014 were attributable to positions eliminated worldwide, with the majority of positions eliminated in the U.S. Facility restructuring charges of $4.3 million in fiscal 2014 were primarily due to accruing the remaining lease obligation for the vacated portion of our manufacturing facility in the U.S, reduced by estimated future sublease amounts. Other restructuring charges of $0.8 million were primarily due to charges related to cost of sales as a result of our manufacturing outsource decision.

Fiscal 2013

Restructuring charges in fiscal 2013 were primarily due to severance and benefits expenses of $8.3 million for positions eliminated in both the U.S. and internationally across most functions of the business. Facility restructuring charges for fiscal 2013 were primarily due to accruing the remaining lease obligation for a vacant facility in the U.S.

Fiscal 2012

Restructuring charges in fiscal 2012 were primarily due to severance and benefits expenses of $1.6 million as a result of strategic management decisions to consolidate operations supporting our business. Most areas of the business, including international operations, were impacted by these restructuring actions. The employees impacted were in our research and development, sales and marketing and service teams. Facility restructuring charges for fiscal 2012 were primarily due to negotiating a lease settlement on a facility vacated in India. The other restructuring reversal for fiscal 2012 was due to actual payments lower than estimated on a supplier relationship exited in fiscal 2011.

Fiscal 2011

Restructuring charges in fiscal 2011 were primarily due to severance and benefits expenses of $3.6 million as a result of strategic management decisions to consolidate operations supporting our business. Most areas of the business, including international operations, were impacted by these restructuring actions. The employees impacted were in our management, sales and marketing, research and development and service teams. The facility reversals in fiscal 2011 were primarily due to negotiating settlements for lease liabilities on two vacated facilities in the U.S. for amounts lower than the outstanding lease contracts. The other restructuring charges were costs from exiting a supplier relationship in fiscal 2011.



Fiscal 2010Table of Contents

For fiscal 2010, restructuring charges were primarily due to $4.8 million in remaining contractual lease payments for facilities vacated in the U.S. during fiscal 2010. We also vacated a facility in India and negotiated a settlement for an amount lower than the outstanding lease contract. Severance and benefits restructuring charges for fiscal 2010 were due largely to eliminating additional positions in the U.S. and changes in our estimates, primarily in Europe, as we completed settlement negotiations with various local authorities. The other restructuring reversal in fiscal 2010 was due to negotiating a settlement for contract termination fees related to a program cancelled in a prior year.

The following tables show the activity and the estimated timing of future payouts for accrued restructuring (in thousands):

Severance and
benefits
FacilitiesOtherTotalSeverance and
benefits
FacilitiesOtherTotal
Balance as of March 31, 2009     $        3,454     $     628     $     599     $     4,681
Restructuring costs1,1825,0476,229
Restructuring charge reversal(580)(255)(599)(1,434)
Cash payments(3,597)(2,124)(5,721)
Non-cash charges and other35540
Balance as of March 31, 20104943,3013,795
Restructuring costs3,5863076024,495
Restructuring charge reversal(6)(845)(851)
Cash payments(1,189)(1,920)(3,109)
Non-cash charges and other(302)(302)
Balance as of March 31, 20112,8858433004,028     $2,885     $843     $300     $4,028
Restructuring costs1,8643452,2091,8643452,209
Restructuring charge reversal(279)(300)(579)(279)(300)(579)
Cash payments(3,181)(748)(3,929)(3,181)(748)(3,929)
Assumed restructuring liability23232323
Balance as of March 31, 2012$1,312$440$$1,7521,3124401,752
Restructuring costs8,8151,92010,735
Restructuring charge reversal(564)(564)
Cash payments(6,852)(315)(7,167)
Balance as of March 31, 20132,7112,0454,756
Restructuring costs7,5224,39277212,686
Restructuring charge reversal(1,383)(89)(1,472)
Cash payments(7,276)(607)(702)(8,585)
Other non-cash983983
Balance as of March 31, 2014$      1,574$    6,724$    70$    8,368
Estimated timing of future payouts:
Fiscal 2015$1,574$2,701$70$4,345
Fiscal 2016 to 20214,0234,023
         $1,574$6,724$70$8,368
Estimated timing of future payouts:
Fiscal 2013$1,312$297$$1,609
Fiscal 2014 to 2016143143
$1,312$440$$1,752

The $1.8$8.4 million restructuring accrual as of March 31, 20122014 is primarily comprised of facilities obligations in addition to severance, benefit and other restructuring obligations. The majority of the severance and benefits obligations and the majority of which willother restructuring liability are expected to be paid during the first half of fiscal 2015, with the remainder paid in the second half of fiscal 2013.2015. The amounts accrued for vacant facilities will be paid over their respective lease terms, which continue through fiscal 2016.2021.

Additional charges may be incurred in the future related to these restructurings, particularly if the actual costs associated with restructured activities are higher than estimated. Until we achieve sustained profitability, we may incur additional charges in the future related to additional cost reduction steps.initiatives. Future charges that we may incur associated with future cost reductions are not estimable at this time.



NOTE 9:10: STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS AND SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Description of Stock Incentive Plans

Active Stock2012 Long-Term Incentive PlansPlan

We have a stockholder approved 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan that provides for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock purchase rights and long-term performance awards to our employees, officers, and consultants, as well as a Nonemployee Director Equity Incentive Plan that provides for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock purchase rights and long-term performance awards to our nonemployee directors, collectively the “Active Plans.” These plans have authorized 79.5(the “Plan”) which had 34.1 million shares of stock of which 7.3authorized at March 31, 2014. There were 14.1 million shares of stock were available for grant, as of March 31, 2012. There are 26.5and 19.4 million stock options and restricted shares were outstanding under the Active PlansPlan as of March 31, 2012,2014, which expire at various times through JuneApril 2018.

With the exception of fiscal 2010, in recent years we have primarily granted restricted stock units with a zero purchase price. We continue to grant stock options to employees in certain circumstances. In fiscal 2010, due to a combination of factors including our share price at the beginning of the fiscal year, we primarily granted stock options to our employees. Stock options granted in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010 generally vest over three to four years and have contractual terms of seven years. Grants prior to fiscal 2005 had contractual terms of ten years. Stock options under the Active PlansPlan are granted at prices determined by the Board of Directors, but at not less than the fair market value. The majority of restricted stock units granted to employees in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010 vest over two to three years. Stock option and restricted stock grants to nonemployee directors typically vest over one year. Both stock options and restricted stock units granted under the Active PlansPlan are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates.

Other Stock OptionIncentive Plans

DuringIn addition to the first quarter ofPlan, we have other stock incentive plans which are inactive for future share grant purposes, including plans assumed in acquisitions, under which stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock purchase rights, restricted stock awards and long-term performance awards to employees, consultants, officers and affiliates were authorized (“Other Plans”). During fiscal 2012, we assumed outstanding unvested options and unvested restricted shares of Pancetera which were exchanged into options and restricted shares of Quantum common stock, respectively, in accordance with the merger agreement. As of June 13, 2011, Pancetera had approximately 0.8 million unvested stock options and 0.5 million unvestedrestricted shares outstanding. Based on the exchange ratio of 0.2403 calculated in accordance with the formula in the merger agreement, we assumed the outstanding unvested options, which arewere exercisable for an aggregate of 194,000 shares of Quantum common stock. Based on the relative cash and stock consideration for Pancetera shares per the merger agreement, the unvested restricted shares became 33,000 unvested restricted shares of Quantum common stock and $200,000 in cash held in escrow. The estimated fair value of unvested Pancetera options, unvested restricted shares and cash held in escrow related to future service is beingwas recognized over the remaining service period. Service periods were completed in fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2013, and amounts in escrow were released during fiscal 2013 in accordance with the applicable agreements.



Table of Contents

In addition to the Active Plans, we have other stock option plans, including plans assumed in acquisitions, (“Other Plans”) under which stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock purchase rights, restricted stock awards and long-term performance awards to employees, consultants, officers and affiliates were authorized. Stock options granted and assumed under the Other Plans generally vestedvest over one to four years and expiredexpire seven to ten years after the grant date, and restricted stock granted under the Other Plans generally vestedvest over one to three years. The Other Plans have been terminated, and outstanding stock options and restricted stock units granted and assumed remain outstanding and continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the respective other stock option plan.Other Plan. Stock options and restricted stock granted under the Other Plans are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates. Stock options under the Other Plans were granted at prices determined by the Board of Directors, but at not less than the fair market value and stock options assumed were governed by the respective acquisition agreement. Stock options under the Other Plans expire at various times through June 2021.

Stock Purchase Plan

We have an employee stock purchase plan (the “Purchase Plan”) that allows for the purchase of stock at 85% ofa 15% discount to fair market value at the date of grant or the exercise date, whichever value is less. The Purchase Plan is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The maximum number of shares that may be issued under the Purchase Plan is 57.8 million shares. As of March 31, 2014, 55.9 million shares had been issued. Under the Purchase Plan, rights to purchase shares are granted during the second and fourth quarter of each fiscal year. Due to cancellation of rights from August 2008 through January 2010 by the Board of Directors, there were no rights to purchase shares granted during this period. Rights to purchase shares were reinstated in February 2010 or the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010. The Purchase Plan allows a maximum amount of two million shares to be purchased in any one six month offering period. Employees purchased 3.03.2 million shares, 3.8 million shares and 3.23.0 million shares of common stock under the Purchase Plan in fiscal 20122014, 2013, and 2011,2012, respectively. The weighted-average price of stock purchased under the Purchase Plan was $1.66$1.07, $1.17 and $1.22$1.66 in fiscal 20122014, 2013 and 2011,2012, respectively. There were 2.91.9 million shares available for issuance as of March 31, 2012.2014.



Determining Fair Value

We use the Black-Scholes stock option valuation model for estimating fair value of stock options granted under our plans and rights to acquire stock granted under our Purchase Plan. We amortize the fair value of stock options on a ratable basis over the requisite service periods, which are generally the vesting periods. The expected life of awards granted represents the period of time that they are expected to be outstanding. We determine the expected life based on historical experience with similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms, exercise patterns and post-vesting forfeitures. We estimate volatility based on the historical volatility of our common stock over the most recent period corresponding with the estimated expected life of the award. We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes stock option valuation model on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent term equal to the expected life of the award. We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We use historical data to estimate forfeitures and record share-based compensation for those awards that are expected to vest. We adjust share-based compensation for actual forfeitures.

We granted 0.8 million RSUs with market conditions (“market RSUs”) in fiscal 2014 and estimated the fair value of these market RSUs using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The number of market RSUs is dependent on Quantum’s common stock achieving certain 60-day average stock price targets as of specified dates, which vest immediately to two years after the specified dates. The Monte Carlo model requires the input of assumptions including expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected term in order to simulate a large number of possible outcomes to provide an estimated fair value of the market RSUs. We used an expected volatility of 66%, a risk free interest rate of 0.5% and expected terms of ten months, twenty two months and thirty four months that mirrors the various vesting dates of the awards. The estimated fair value of the market RSUs was $0.7 million which will be recognized over the respective vesting periods of the awards.

During fiscal 2014, we granted 0.2 million RSUs with performance conditions (“performance RSUs”) and the fair value of the performance RSUs at the grant date was $0.2 million. Performance RSUs would have become eligible for vesting based on Quantum achieving certain revenue and operating income targets through the end of fiscal 2014. Share-based compensation expense for performance RSUs is recognized when it is probable that the performance conditions will be achieved. As of March 31, 2014, the revenue and operating income targets were not met, the performance RSUs were cancelled in accordance with the grant agreement; and, therefore, no share-based compensation expense was recognized for the performance RSUs.



Table of Contents

Stock Options

No stock options were granted in fiscal 2014 or fiscal 2013. The weighted-average estimated fair values and the assumptions used in calculating fair values for stock options granted under the Active Plans during each fiscal period are as follows:

For the year ended March 31,For the year ended March 31,
     2012     2011     2010     2014     2013     2012
Stock option life (in years)4.04.23.9      n/a            n/a      4.0
Risk-free interest rate1.57%2.02%2.05%n/an/a1.57%
Stock price volatility112.33%106.75%107.67%n/an/a112.33%
Weighted-average grant date fair value$     1.91$     1.96$     0.73n/an/a$    1.91

The weighted-average fair value of stock options assumed from Pancetera, as well as the weighted-average assumptions used in calculating these values were based on estimates at the acquisition date as follows:

Option life (in years)5.2
Risk-free interest rate1.65%
Stock price volatility100.93%
Weighted-average fair value$    2.67

The assumed options have a 10 year contractual life from the original grant date.

Restricted Stock

The fair value of our restricted stock is the intrinsic value as of the grant date.

Stock Purchase Plan

The weighted-average fair values and the assumptions used in calculating fair values during each fiscal period are as follows:

For the year ended March 31,For the year ended March 31,
     2012     2011     2010201420132012
Option life (in years)0.500.500.50     0.50     0.50     0.50
Risk-free interest rate0.06%0.19%0.15%0.07%0.13%0.06%
Stock price volatility70.29%68.56%69.14%43.71%69.73%70.29%
Weighted-average grant date fair value$     0.82$     0.72$     0.82$    0.40$    0.48$    0.82

Share-Based Compensation Expense

The following tables summarize share-based compensation expense (in thousands):

For the year ended March 31,For the year ended March 31,
     2012     2011     2010201420132012
Share-based compensation expense included in operations:
Share-based compensation expense:               
Cost of revenue$     2,203$     1,768$     1,366$1,963$2,389$2,203
Research and development3,2502,4862,3733,4303,6653,250
Sales and marketing4,0483,1212,5814,0974,6994,048
General and administrative4,2363,0463,4693,9694,3864,236
Total share-based compensation expense$13,737$10,421$9,789$      13,459$     15,139$     13,737
For the year ended March 31,
201420132012
Share-based compensation by type of award:
Stock options$826$1,681$2,622
Restricted stock11,35611,6309,053
Stock purchase plan1,2771,8282,062
Total share-based compensation expense$13,459$15,139$13,737

For the year ended March 31,
     2012     2011     2010
Share-based compensation by type of award:
       Stock options$     2,622$     3,586$     3,633
       Restricted stock9,0535,3295,878
       Stock purchase plan2,0621,506278
Total share-based compensation expense$13,737$10,421$9,789


Table of Contents

The total share-based compensation cost capitalized as part of inventory as of March 31, 20122014 and 20112013 was not material. During fiscal 2012, 20112014, 2013 and 2010,2012, no tax benefit was realized for the tax deduction from stock option exercises and other awards due to tax benefit carryforwards and tax ordering requirements.

As of March 31, 2012,2014, there was $3.0$0.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options granted under our plans. This unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.51.0 years. Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 2011 and 2010 was $3.7$0.4 million, $8.9$0.3 million and $1.9$3.7 million, respectively. We settle stock option exercises by issuing additional common shares.

As of March 31, 2012,2014, there was $20.8$13.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested restricted stock. The unrecognized compensation cost for restricted stock is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.91.7 years. Total fair value of awards released during the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 2011 and 2010 was $9.4$6.2 million, $7.5$7.4 million and $3.1$9.4 million, respectively, based on the fair value of our common stock on the date of award release. We issue additional common shares upon vesting of restricted stock units.



Stock Activity

Stock Options

A summary of activity relating to all of our stock option plans is as follows (stock options and intrinsic value in thousands):

     Stock OptionsWeighted-
Average
Exercise Price
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
Stock OptionsWeighted-
Average
Exercise Price
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
Outstanding as of March 31, 2009           25,626     $3.02          
Granted9,6551.01
Exercised(1,883)1.51
Forfeited(1,778)3.32
Expired(291)11.08
Outstanding as of March 31, 201031,3292.40
Granted2042.66
Exercised(6,634)1.90
Forfeited(1,747)2.05
Expired(1,072)5.56
Outstanding as of March 31, 201122,0802.4322,080$2.43
Granted and assumed1,6192.331,6192.33
Exercised(2,982)1.79(2,982)1.79
Forfeited(619)1.90(619)1.90
Expired(704)8.25(704)8.25
Outstanding as of March 31, 201219,394$     2.322.72$     12,69519,3942.32
Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 201219,215$2.322.69$12,646
Exercisable as of March 31, 201215,963$2.462.21$9,379
Exercised(379)0.96
Forfeited(406)2.43
Expired(2,559)3.65
Outstanding as of March 31, 201316,0502.14
Exercised(989)0.98
Forfeited(3,199)3.44
Expired        (3,865)2.11
Outstanding as of March 31, 20147,997$1.782.04$          1,007
Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 20147,980$1.772.03$1,007
Exercisable as of March 31, 2014     7,641     $      1.74     1.95     $1,006

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable as of March 31, 20122014 (stock options in thousands)thousands):

Range of Exercise PricesRange of Exercise PricesStock Options
Outstanding
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)
Stock Options
Exercisable
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Range of Exercise PricesStock Options
Outstanding
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)
Stock Options
Exercisable
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
$ 0.11  -  $     0.63 213     $     0.52     6.57     79     $     0.420.11-$  0.63     159$       0.565.14157     $    0.56
$0.77-$0.985,0940.984.213,3770.980.77-$0.983,615     0.98     2.18     3,6150.98
$1.00-$1.426901.233.496351.231.00-$1.395891.211.695891.21
$1.52-$2.214,5792.021.534,5642.021.52-$2.175791.630.755791.63
$2.29-$3.425,8502.912.694,3403.042.30-$3.402,8302.832.142,4762.88
$3.43-$4.552,4433.791.952,4433.794.00-$4.002254.000.592254.00
$6.70-$7.505256.730.095256.73
19,394$2.322.7215,963$2.467,997$1.782.047,641$1.74



Table of Contents

Expiration dates ranged from April 20122014 to June 2021 for stock options outstanding at March 31, 2012.2014. Prices for stock options exercised during the three-year period ended March 31, 2012,2014, ranged from $0.11 to $3.86.$3.10.



Restricted Stock

A summary of activity relating to our restricted stock follows (shares in thousands):

SharesWeighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
SharesWeighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Nonvested at March 31, 2009     6,258     $1.78
Granted2,5261.45
Vested     (2,853)2.01
Forfeited(796)0.83
Nonvested at March 31, 20105,1351.64
Granted5,7571.95
Vested(3,665)1.60
Forfeited(587)1.45
Nonvested at March 31, 20116,6401.95     6,640     $1.95
Granted and assumed6,6693.146,6693.14
Vested(3,058)1.88      (3,058)1.88
Forfeited(1,390)2.73(1,390)2.73
Nonvested at March 31, 20128,861$2.758,8612.75
Granted5,5141.98
Vested(3,566)2.55
Forfeited(922)2.30
Nonvested at March 31, 20139,8872.43
Granted8,2801.39
Vested(4,486)2.39
Forfeited(1,573)1.93
Nonvested at March 31, 201412,108$                 1.80

NOTE 10:11: 401K PLAN

Substantially all of the U.S. employees are eligible to make contributions to our 401(k) savings and investment plan. We typically make discretionary contributions to the plan by matching a percentage of our employees’ contributions. Employer contributions were $3.0 million, $2.6 million, $2.8 million and $2.5$3.0 million in fiscal 2012, 20112014, 2013 and 2010,2012, respectively.

NOTE 11:12: INCOME TAXES

Pre-tax income (loss)loss reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2012, 20112014, 2013 and 20102012 follows (in thousands):

For the year ended March 31,For the year ended March 31,
     2012     2011     2010201420132012
U.S$     (8,589)$     271$     16,374     $    (22,549)     $    (52,940)     $    (9,036)
Foreign6674,2831,5342,2921,922667
$(7,922)$4,554$17,908$(20,257)$(51,018)$(8,369)
Income tax provision consists of the following (in thousands):
For the year ended March 31,
201420132012
Federal:$$$
State:
Current76231301
Foreign:
Current1,0961,0901,847
Deferred45(160)(1,261)
Total foreign1,141930586
Income tax provision$1,217$1,161$887

Income tax provision consists of the following (in thousands):

For the year ended March 31,
201220112010
Federal:               
       Current$     $     (302)$     (465)
       Deferred
 (302)(465)
State:
       Current301446(361)
       Deferred
 301446(361)
Foreign:
       Current1,847742,577
       Deferred(1,261)(205)(477)
586(131)2,100
Income tax provision$887$13$1,274


Table of Contents

The income tax provision differs from the amount computed by applying the federal statutory rate of 35% to income (loss)loss before income taxes as follows (in thousands):

For the year ended March 31,For the year ended March 31,
2012201120102014     2013     2012
Expense (benefit) at federal statutory rate     $     (2,773)     $     1,594     $     6,268
Benefit at federal statutory rate$      (7,090)$      (17,856)$      (2,929)
State taxes30138034076300301
Unbenefited losses and credits3,471(1,235)(5,591)7,97418,7153,627
Net accrual (release) of contingent tax reserves(176)(466)315
Net release of contingent tax reserves460(130)(176)
Other64(260)(58)(203)13264
$887$13$1,274$1,217$1,161$887

Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

As of March 31,As of March 31,
201220112014     2013
Deferred tax assets:          
Inventory valuation method$     6,429$     10,366$      1,742$      3,870
Accrued warranty expense3,0722,8492,3362,873
Distribution reserves2,3771,9361,9501,407
Loss carryforwards54,16250,17981,01272,969
Foreign tax and research and development credit carryforwards221,459221,354191,372206,764
Restructuring charge accruals7101,4103,1911,810
Other accruals and reserves not currently deductible for tax purposes35,17731,32232,46534,824
Depreciation and amortization methods4,8249,572
328,210328,988314,068324,517
Less valuation allowance(252,402)(245,241)(261,337)(269,373)
Deferred tax asset$75,808$83,747$52,731$55,144
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation$(3,570)$(6,466)
Acquired intangibles$(10,186)$(17,884)(2,794)(2,664)
Tax on unremitted foreign earnings(15,712)(16,557)(17,245)(15,679)
Other(49,179)(49,855)(28,330)(29,492)
Deferred tax liability$(75,077)$(84,296)$(51,939)$(54,301)
Net deferred tax asset (liability)$731$(549)
Net deferred tax asset$792$843

A reconciliation of the gross unrecognized tax benefits follows (in thousands):

For the year ended March 31,For the year ended March 31,
     2012     2011     20102014    2013    2012
Beginning balance$     33,012$     33,292$     32,210     $     32,549$     32,744$     33,012
Settlement and effective settlements with tax authorities and related remeasurements(255)(357)(488)(60)(255)
Lapse of statute of limitations(105)(228)(290)(135)(105)
Increase in balances related to tax positions taken in prior period928280038892
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during current period223572
Ending balance$32,744$33,012$33,292$32,449$32,549$32,744

During fiscal 2012,2014, we recorded a net decrease in our unrecognized tax benefits. Including interest and penalties, the total unrecognized tax benefit at March 31, 20122014 was $33.6$33.4 million, all of which, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate. At March 31, 20122014 accrued interest and penalties totaled $0.9$1.0 million. Our practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax provision in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties, were recorded in other long-term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.



Table of Contents

We file our tax returns as prescribed by the laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Our U.S. tax returns have been audited for years through 2002 by the Internal Revenue Service. In other major jurisdictions, we are generally open to examination for the most recent three to five fiscal years. Although timing of the resolution and closure on audits is highly uncertain, we do not believe it is likely that the unrecognized tax benefits would materially change in the next 12 months.

As of March 31, 2012,2014, we had federal net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards of approximately $202.7$274.5 million and $156.9$142.1 million, respectively. Our federal net operating loss carryforwards include $33.6 million attributable to excess tax deductions from stock option exercises, and are not included in the deferred tax assets shown above. The benefit of these loss carryforwards will be credited to equity when realized. The net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards expire in varying amounts beginning in fiscal 20132015 if not previously utilized, the utilization of which is limited under the tax law ownership change provision. These carryforwards include $10.8$15.6 million of acquired net operating losses and $15.6$10.8 million of credits.

Certain changes in stock ownership could result in a limitation on the amount of net operating loss and tax credit carryovers that can be utilized each year. Should the company undergo such a change in stock ownership, it could severely limit the usage of these carryover tax attributes against future income, resulting in additional tax charges.

Due to our history of net losses and the difficulty in predicting future results, we believe that we cannot rely on projections of future taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we have established a full valuation allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets. Significant management judgment is required in determining our deferred tax assets and liabilities and valuation allowances for purposes of assessing our ability to realize any future benefit from our net deferred tax assets. We intend to maintain this valuation allowance until sufficient positive evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowance. Our income tax expense recorded in the future will be reduced to the extent that sufficient positive evidence materializes to support a reversal of, or decrease in, our valuation allowance.

NOTE 12:13: NET INCOME (LOSS)LOSS PER SHARE

Equity Instruments Outstanding

We have granted stock options and restricted stock units granted under our Plansvarious stock incentive plans that, upon exercise and vesting, respectively, would increase shares outstanding. On November 15, 2010, we issuedWe have 4.50% convertible subordinated notes which are convertible at the option of the holders at any time prior to maturity into shares of Quantum common stock at a conversion price of $1.65 per share. We also have 3.50% convertible subordinated notes which are convertible at the option of the holders at any time prior to maturity into shares of Quantum common stock at a conversion price of $4.33 per share. TheseBoth the 4.50% and the 3.50% notes, if converted, would increase shares outstanding.

On June 3, 2009 we entered into an agreement with EMC Corporation (“EMC”) which provides for the issuance of certain warrants. On June 23, 2009, we issued a warrant to EMC Corporation to purchase 10 million shares of our common stock at a $0.38 per share exercise price. Only in the event of a change of control of Quantum will this warrant vest and be exercisable. ItThe warrant expires seven years from the date of issuance or three years after change of control, whichever occurs first. Due to these terms, no share-based compensation expense related to this warrant has been recorded to date.

At March 31, 2010, we had outstanding 4.375% convertible subordinated notes which were convertible at the option of the holders at any time prior to maturity into shares of Quantum common stock at a conversion price of $4.35 per share.



Net Income (Loss)Loss per Share

The following table set forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss)loss per share (in thousands, except per-share data):

For the year ended March 31,
2012    2011    2010
Net income (loss)$      (8,809)$      4,541$      16,634
       Interest on dilutive notes1,249
       Net gain on extinguishment of dilutive notes(12,859)
Income (loss) for purposes of computing income (loss) per diluted share$(8,809)$4,541$5,024
Weighted average shares and common share equivalents (“CSE”):
       Basic232,599220,888212,672
              Dilutive CSE from stock plans8,8154,056
              Dilutive CSE from purchase plan35471
              Dilutive CSE from convertible notes6,562
       Diluted232,599229,738223,761
Basic net income (loss) per share$(0.04)$0.02$0.08
Diluted net income (loss) per share$(0.04)$0.02$0.02
For the year ended March 31,
2014     2013     2012
Net loss$      (21,474)$      (52,179)$      (9,256)
Weighted average shares:
       Basic and diluted247,024239,855232,599
Basic and diluted net loss per share$(0.09)$(0.22)$(0.04)

The computations of diluted net income (loss)loss per share for the periods presented excluded the following because the effect would have been antidilutive:

  • For fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012, and 2011,there were 31.1 million, 31.2 million and 11.631.2 million, respectively, of weighted equivalent shares of the 3.50% convertible subordinated notes, were excluded. In addition, 42.5 million and 17.6 million weighted equivalent shares respectively, of the 3.50%convertible subordinated4.50% notes for fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively, were excluded.
  • Stock options to purchase 11.512.8 million, 10.417.3 million and 18.811.5 million weighted average shares in fiscal 2012,20112014, 2013 and 20102012, respectively, were excluded.
  • Unvested restricted stock units of 5.111.0 million, 49,00010.1 million, and 0.25.1 million weighted average shares for fiscal 2012,20112014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, were excluded.


Table of Contents

NOTE 13:14: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lease Commitments

We lease certain facilities under non-cancelable lease agreements and also have equipment leases for various types of office equipment. Some of the leases have renewal options ranging from one to ten years and others contain escalation clauses. These leases are operating leases.

In February 2006, we leased a campus facility in Colorado Springs, Colorado, comprised of three buildings in three separate operating leases with initial terms of five, seven and 15 years. In August 2010, we negotiated lower lease rates and a five year extension on one of the buildings. The future minimum lease payment schedule below includes $29.9$22.4 million for this Colorado Springs campus.campus, of which $6.5 million is included in current and long-term accrued restructuring on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Rent expense was $12.7$10.3 million in both fiscal 20122014, $11.3 million in fiscal 2013 and 2011 and $13.8$12.4 million forin fiscal 2010.2012. Sublease income was immaterial in fiscal 20122014, 2013, and 2011 and was $0.7 million for fiscal 2010.2012.



Future minimum lease payments are as follows (in thousands):

Lease PaymentsLease Payments
For the year ending March 31,
2013$12,285
201410,055
20159,095$10,919
2016 7,3348,717
20175,1906,048
20185,842
20195,401
Thereafter18,4118,471
$      62,370$45,398

Commitments to Purchase Inventory

We use contract manufacturers for certainour manufacturing functions.operations. Under these arrangements, the contract manufacturer procures inventory to manufacture products based upon our forecast of customer demand. We have similar arrangements with certain other suppliers. We are responsible for the financial impact on the supplier or contract manufacturer of any reduction or product mix shift in the forecast relative to materials that the contract manufacturerthird party had already purchased under a prior forecast. Such a variance in forecasted demand could require a cash payment for finished goodsinventory in excess of current customer demand or for costs of excess or obsolete inventory. As of March 31, 20122014 and 2011,2013, we had issued non-cancelable purchase commitments for $34.3$50.4 million and $33.8$22.3 million, respectively, to purchase finished goodsinventory from our contract manufacturers.manufacturers and suppliers.

Legal Proceedings

Crossroads

On February 18, 2014, Crossroads Systems, Inc. (“Crossroads”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Quantum in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Texas, alleging infringement of U.S. Patents 6,425,035 and 7,934,041. An amended complaint filed on April 15, 2014 also alleged infringement of U.S. patent 7,051,147. Crossroads asserts that we have incorporated Crossroads' patented technology into our StorNext QX and Q-Series lines of disk array products, and into our Scalar libraries. Crossroads seeks monetary damages and injunctive relief. Crossroads has already dismissed, or has agreed to dismiss, all claims of infringement with respect to the StorNext QX and Q-Series products. We do not believe it is reasonably possible that we will pay material damages related to this lawsuit.



Table of Contents

Overland

On June 28, 2012, Overland Storage, Inc. (“Overland”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Quantum in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California, alleging that certain of its automated tape libraries fall within the scope of patents 6,328,766 and 6,353,581. Overland was seeking injunctive relief, as well as the recovery of unspecified monetary damages, including treble damages for willful infringement.

On August 28, 2012, we filed a lawsuit against Overland in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California, for patent infringements of our patents 6,542,787; 6,498,771; 5,925,119 and 5,491,812 by the products in Overland’s NEO tape library and SnapServer product lines. On April 12, 2013, we filed a lawsuit against Overland in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California, for patent infringements of our patent 7,263,596 by the products in Overland’s SnapScale product lines. We sought injunctive relief and the recovery of monetary damages.

On February 14, 2014, Quantum and Overland entered into a settlement and cross-license agreement under which each party receives a perpetual, royalty-free, non-exclusive license to the others’ patents to sell tape products. The above three lawsuits have been withdrawn from the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California.

Compression Technology Solutions

On September 12, 2011, Compression Technology Solutions LLC (“CTS”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against a group of companies, consisting of Quantum, CA., Inc., EMC Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Company, International Business Machines Corp., NetApp, Inc. and Quest Software, Inc., in the U.S. District Court infor the Eastern District of Missouri, alleging that certain unspecified products of the defendants, characterized as “deduplication software systems,” and, in the case of Quantum, including Quantum’s “DXi Series Deduplication software,” fall within the scope of patent 5,414,650. CTS iswas seeking injunctive relief, as well as the recovery of monetary damages, including treble damages for willful infringement. We do not believe we infringe the CTS patent; we believe that the CTS patent is invalid, and we intend to defend ourselves vigorously. In April 2012, our motion to transfer venue was granted and the lawsuit was transferred to the U.S. District Court infor the Northern District of California. DueOn May 29, 2013, our motion for summary judgment was granted, with all of the asserted claims held invalid by the District Court, and the lawsuit against Quantum and the other defendants was dismissed with prejudice. On July 10, 2013, CTS appealed the decision of the District Court to the inherent uncertaintyUnited States Court of litigation, we cannot identify probable or estimable damages related toAppeals for the lawsuit.Federal Circuit. On March 10, 2014 the Appeals Court dismissed the appeal and upheld the U.S. District Court’s May 29, 2013 ruling that all of the asserted claims were invalid.

Indemnifications

We have certain financial guarantees, both express and implied, related to product liability and potential infringement of intellectual property. Other than certain product liabilities recorded as of March 31, 20122014 and 2011,2013, we did not record a liability associated with these guarantees, as we have little or no history of costs associated with such indemnification requirements. Contingent liabilities associated with product liability may be mitigated by insurance coverage that we maintain.

In the normal course of business to facilitate transactions of our services and products, we indemnify certain parties with respect to certain matters. We have agreed to hold certain parties harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations or covenants, or out of intellectual property infringement or other claims made against certain parties. These agreements may limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our officers and directors, and our bylaws contain similar indemnification obligations to our agents.

It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of our indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made by us under these agreements have not had a material impact on our operating results, financial position or cash flows.



Table of Contents

NOTE 14:15: GEOGRAPHIC AND CUSTOMER INFORMATION

The company operates in one reportable segment.

Revenue, attributed to regions based on the location of customers, and long-lived assets, comprised of property and equipment, by region were as follows (in thousands):

As of and for the year ended March 31,As of and for the year ended March 31,
201220112010201420132012
Revenue      Long-Lived
Assets
      Revenue      Long-Lived
Assets
      Revenue      Long-Lived
Assets
     Long-
Lived
Assets
     Revenue     Long-
Lived
Assets
     Revenue     Long-Lived
Assets
     Revenue
Americas$      411,517$      23,738$      430,125$      23,596$      448,830$      22,522$      16,759$      359,259$      20,182$      378,514$      23,738$      411,167
Europe177,6611,030179,519787188,3671,099524143,508756151,6761,030177,628
Asia Pacific63,19267262,62659744,23090729150,39851857,24967263,192
$652,370$25,440$672,270$24,980$681,427$24,528$17,574$553,165$21,456$587,439$25,440$651,987

No customer accountedRevenue for 10% or moreAmericas regions outside of our revenue in fiscal 2012. Dell accounted for $68.7 million and 10% of revenue in fiscal 2011 and $86.5 million or 13% of revenue in fiscal 2010.

the United States is immaterial. Following are revenues attributable to each of our product groups, services and royalties (in thousands):

For the year ended March 31,For the year ended March 31,
2012      2011      20102014     2013     2012
Disk systems and software solutions$      119,044$      110,678$      83,508$      103,200$      124,074$      119,044
Tape automation systems245,030254,153263,977174,438206,112245,030
Devices and media87,26692,072108,61670,68068,72487,395
Service144,364151,095156,477147,199144,037144,364
Royalty56,66664,27268,84957,64844,49256,154
Total revenue$652,370$672,270$681,427$553,165$587,439$651,987

NOTE 15:16: UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

For the year ended March 31, 2012For the year ended March 31, 2014
(In thousands, except per share data)1st
Quarter
      2nd
Quarter
      3rd
Quarter
      4th
Quarter
1st
Quarter
     2nd
Quarter
     3rd
Quarter
     4th
Quarter
Revenue$      153,535$      165,039$      173,492$      160,304$      147,849$      131,479$      145,869$      127,968
Gross margin63,26271,61173,71765,24569,83556,39261,37352,020
Net income (loss)(5,226)3,5613,914(11,058)3,281(7,893)(2,458)(14,404)
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share(0.02)0.010.02(0.05)0.01(0.03)(0.01)(0.06)
For the year ended March 31, 2011For the year ended March 31, 2013
1st
Quarter
2nd
Quarter
3rd
Quarter
4th
Quarter
1st
Quarter
2nd
Quarter
3rd
Quarter
4th
Quarter
Revenue$163,225$167,722$176,226$165,097$140,846$147,307$159,361$139,925
Gross margin67,45471,39675,57068,56255,79259,19167,99457,584
Net income (loss)(2,696)3,0255,864(1,652)
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share(0.01)0.010.03(0.01)
Net loss(16,626)(12,260)(8,139)(15,154)
Basic and diluted net loss per share(0.07)(0.05)(0.04)(0.06)



Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II

CONSOLIDATED VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

Balance at
beginning of
period
      Releases
charged to
expense
      Deductions (i)      Balance at end
of period
Balance at
beginning of
period
     Net additions
(releases)
charged to
expense
     Deductions (i)     Balance at end
of period
For the year ended:
March 31, 2010$      1,999$      (453)$        (748)$      798
March 31, 2011798(502)107403
March 31, 2014$      62$      (39)$      65$      88
March 31, 20132173(158)62
March 31, 2012403(125)(61)217403(125)(61)217
____________________

(i)Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.

       (i)      Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.

ITEM 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE


None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Attached as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K are certifications of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), which are required pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). This “Controls and Procedures” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K includes information concerning the controls and controls evaluation referenced in the certifications. This section of the Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read in conjunction with the certifications and the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as described below for a more complete understanding of the matters presented.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This control evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our CEO and CFO. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Annual Report on Form 10-K, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC. Disclosure controls are also designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Based on the controls evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our disclosure controls were effective.

Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 20122014 based on the guidelines established inInternal Control – Integrated Framework1992 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on the results of our evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 20122014 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.



PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report regarding its assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2012,2014, as set forth at the beginning of Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.



Table of Contents

Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additional controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of fiscal 20122014 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item with respect to our directors, audit committee and audit committee financial expert is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our proxy statement for the 20122014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2012.2014. For information pertaining to our executive officers, refer to the “Executive Officers of Quantum Corporation”& Management Team” section of Part I, Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer and all members of our finance department, including the principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. This code of ethics is posted on our website. The Internet address for our website is:http://www.quantum.com,, and the code of ethics may be found by clicking “About Us” from the home page and then choosing “Corporate Governance.” Copies of the code are available free upon request by a stockholder.

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this code of ethics by posting such information on our website, at the address and location specified above.

We have adopted Corporate Governance Principles, which are available on our website athttp://www.quantum.com,, where they may be found by clicking “About Us” from the home page and then choosing “Investor Relations” and then “Corporate Governance.” Copies of our Corporate Governance Principles are available free upon request by a stockholder. The charters of our Audit Committee, Leadership and Compensation Committee and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee are also available on our website athttp://www.quantum.com,, where they may be found by clicking “About Us” from the home page and then choosing “Investor Relations” and then “Corporate Governance.” Copies of these committee charters are available free upon request by a stockholder.



ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our proxy statement for the 20122014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2012.2014.



Table of Contents

ITEM 12. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS


The following discloses our equity compensation plan information (securities in thousands):

Year ended March 31, 2012As of March 31, 2014
(a)
Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding stock
options, warrants
and rights
Weighted-
average
exercise price
of outstanding
stock options,
warrants and
rights
 Number of
securities
remaining
available
for future
issuance under
equity
compensation plans
(excluding shares
reflected in column
(a))
(a)
Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
stock options,
warrants and
rights
Weighted-
average
exercise price
of outstanding
stock options,
warrants and
rights
Number of
securities remaining
available
for grant under equity compensation
plans (excluding shares reflected in
column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders(1)      26,550      $1.60      7,30419,439     $0.44     14,125
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders(2), (3), (4)1,705$1.65
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders(2), (3)666$1.31
28,255 $1.607,30420,105$0.4614,125
____________________
 
      (1)      Included in the stockholder approved plans are 8.912.1 million restricted stock units with a zero purchase price. The weighted average exercise price of outstanding stock options for stockholder approved plans is $2.39.$1.06.
(2)The Supplemental Stock Option Plan (“SSOP”) was terminated April 1, 2003, from which time no new stock options or stock purchase rights will be granted. Outstanding stock options granted under the SSOP prior to April 1, 2003, remain outstanding and continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the SSOP.
(3)Advanced Digital Information Corporation’s 1999 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan was assumed by Quantum on August 22, 2006 according to the terms detailed in the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated May 2, 2006 (“Merger Agreement”). Outstanding stock options granted under this plan continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of this plan; however, the number of stock options and exercise prices of the outstanding stock options were changed in accordance with the formula in the Merger Agreement for the right to purchase Quantum common stock.
(4)
(3)The Pancetera 2008 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan was assumed by Quantum on June 13, 2011 according to the terms detailed in the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated June 13, 2011 (“Pancetera Merger Agreement”). Outstanding stock options and restricted shares granted under this plan continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of this plan; however, the number of stock options and restricted shares and exercise prices of the outstanding stock options were changed in accordance with the formula in the Pancetera Merger Agreement for the right to purchase Quantum common stock.

We also have an employee stock purchase plan with 2.91.9 million shares available for issuance that has been approved by stockholders.

The remaining information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our proxy statement for the 20122014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2012.2014.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our proxy statement for the 20122014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2012.2014.



ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our proxy statement for the 20122014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2012.2014.



Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Upon written request, we will provide, without charge, a copy of our Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the Consolidated Financial Statements, financial statement schedules and any exhibits for our most recent fiscal year. All requests should be sent to:

Investor Relations
Quantum Corporation
224 Airport Parkway
San Jose, California 95110
(408) 944-4400

Quantum Corporation
1650 Technology Drive, Suite 800
San Jose, California 95110
(408) 944-4450

       (a) The following documents are filed as a part of this Report:

1.Financial Statements—Our Consolidated Financial Statements are listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.
      
2.Financial Statement Schedules —Our consolidated valuation and qualifying accounts (Schedule II) financial statement schedule is listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements. All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the notes hereto.

       (b)Exhibits



Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
    Exhibit Description    Form    File No.    Exhibit(s)    Filing Date
     2.1     Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Registrant, Pancetera Software, Inc., Quarry Acquisition Corporation and Henrik Rosendahl as the stockholder representative, dated June 13, 2011.10-Q001-13449     10.8        August 9, 2011   
3.1Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant.8-K001-134493.1August 16, 2007
3.2Amended and Restated By-laws of Registrant, as amended.8-K001-134493.1December 5, 2008
3.3Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock.S-3333-1095874.7October 9, 2003
3.4Certification of Amendment to the Bylaws of Quantum Corporation, as adopted on January 20, 2010.8-K001-134493.1January 26, 2010
 4.1Stockholder Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2002, by and between Registrant and Private Capital Management.10-Q001-134494.2November 13, 2002
4.2Indenture for 3.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, dated November 15, 2010, including the form of 3.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Note due 2015.8-K001-134494.1November 15, 2010
10.1Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and the Named Executive Officers and Directors. *8-K001-1344910.4 April 4, 2007
10.2Chief Executive Change of Control Agreement between Registrant and Jon W. Gacek.*8-K001-1344910.3April 5, 2011
10.3Executive Chairman Change of Control Agreement between Registrant and Richard E. Belluzzo.*8-K001-1344910.4April 5, 2011
10.4Form of Officer Change of Control Agreement between Registrant and each of Registrant’s Executive Officers (Other than the Executive Chairman and the CEO).*8-K001-1344910.5April 5, 2011
10.5Form of Amended and Restated Director Change of Control Agreement between Registrant and the Directors (Other than the Executive Chairman and the CEO).*8-K001-1344910.2May 10, 2011
10.6Amended and Restated 1993 Long-Term Incentive Plan effective November 10, 2007. *8-K001-1344910.1November 15, 2007
10.7Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. For U.S. employees under the Amended and Restated 1993 Long-Term Incentive Plan. *10-Q001-1344910.3November 7, 2008
10.8Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. For non-U.S. employees under the Amended and Restated 1993 Long-Term Incentive Plan. *10-Q001-1344910.4November 7, 2008
10.9Form of Stock Option Agreement. For U.S. employees under the Amended and Restated 1993 Long-Term Incentive Plan. *10-K001-1344910.9June 14, 2011
10.10Form of Stock Option Agreement. For non-U.S. employees under the Amended and Restated 1993 Long-Term Incentive Plan. *10-K001-1344910.10June 14, 2011
10.11Form of Stock Option Agreement. For Chief Executive Officer under the Amended and Restated 1993 Long-Term Incentive Plan. * 10-K001-1344910.11June 14, 2011
10.12Amended and Restated Nonemployee Director Equity Incentive Plan effective November 10, 2007. *8-K001-1344910.2November 15, 2007
10.13Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated Nonemployee Director Equity Incentive Plan, effective November 10, 2007. *10-K001-1344910.13June 14, 2011

Table of Contents

Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
     Exhibit Description     Form     File No.     Exhibit(s)     Filing Date
2.1Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Registrant, Pancetera Software, Inc., Quarry Acquisition Corporation and Henrik Rosendahl as the stockholder representative, dated June 13, 2011.10-Q001-1344910.8August 9, 2011
3.1Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant.8-K001-134493.1August 16, 2007
3.2Amended and Restated By-laws of Registrant, as amended.8-K001-134493.1December 5, 2008
3.3Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock.S-3333-1095874.7October 9, 2003
3.4Certification of Amendment to the Bylaws of Quantum Corporation, as adopted on January 20, 2010.8-K001-134493.1January 26, 2010
4.1Indenture for 3.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, dated November 15, 2010, including the form of 3.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Note due 2015.8-K001-134494.1November 15, 2010
4.2Indenture for 4.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, dated October 31, 2012, including the form of 4.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Note due 2017.8-K001-134494.1October 31, 2012
10.1Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and the Named Executive Officers and Directors. *8-K001-1344910.4April 4, 2007
10.2Chief Executive Change of Control Agreement between Registrant and Jon W. Gacek. *8-K001-1344910.3April 5, 2011
10.3Form of Officer Change of Control Agreement between Registrant and each of Registrant’s Executive Officers (Other than the Executive Chairman and the CEO). *8-K001-1344910.5April 5, 2011
10.4Form of Amended and Restated Director Change of Control Agreement between Registrant and the Directors (Other than the Executive Chairman and the CEO). *8-K001-1344910.2May 10, 2011
10.5Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan. *8-K001-1344910.1August 21, 2012
10.6Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (U.S. Employees), under the Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan. *10-Q/A001-1344910.2February 15, 2013
10.7Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Non-U.S. Employees), under the Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan. *10-Q/A001-1344910.3February 15, 2013
10.8Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Directors), under the Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan. *10-Q/A001-1344910.4February 15, 2013
10.9Quantum Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan. *8-K001-1344910.2August 21, 2012
10.10Quantum Corporation Executive Officer Incentive Plan. *8-K001-1344910.3August 21, 2012



Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
     Exhibit Description    Form    File No.    Exhibit(s)    Filing Date
     10.14     Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Amended and Restated Nonemployee Director Equity Incentive Plan, effective November 10, 2007. *10-Q001-13449     10.2        November 7, 2008   
10.15Advanced Digital Information Corporation Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan. *S-8001-134494.4August 25, 2006
10.16Employment Offer Letter, dated March 31, 2011, between Registrant and Jon W. Gacek.*8-K001-1344910.1April 5, 2011
10.17Offer Letter, dated March 31, 2011, between Registrant and Richard E. Belluzzo.*8-K001-1344910.2April 5, 2011
10.18Employment Offer Letter, dated August 31, 2006, between Registrant and William C. Britts. *8-K001-1344910.1September 7, 2006
10.19Amendment to Employment Offer Letter between Registrant and William C. Britts. *10-Q001-1344910.6November 7, 2008
10.20Amendment to Employment Offer Letter between Registrant and William C. Britts.*10-Q001-1344910.3February 5, 2010 
10.21Offer Letter, dated May 25, 2007, between Registrant and Joseph A. Marengi. *8-K001-1344910.1May 25, 2007
10.22Credit Agreement, dated March 29, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Administrative Agent, and the Lenders party thereto. ‡
10.23Security Agreement, dated March 29, 2012, among the Registrant and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC.8-K001-1344910.2April 2, 2012
10.24Offer Letter of Mr. David A. Krall, dated August 11, 2011.*8-K001-1344910.1 August 22, 2011
10.25Offer Letter, dated May 2, 2011, between Registrant and David E. Roberson. *8-K001-13449 10.1May 10, 2011
10.26Agreement for Purchase and Sale of Real Property, dated as November 18, 2005, among Registrant, SELCO Service Corporation and CS/Federal Drive LLC, as amended by Amendments 1 through 6.8-K001-1344910.1February 10, 2006
10.27Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building A).8-K001-1344910.2February 10, 2006
10.28Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building B).8-K001-1344910.3February 10, 2006
10.29Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building C).8-K001-1344910.4February 10, 2006
10.30Patent Cross License Agreement, dated February 27, 2006, between Registrant and Storage Technology Corporation.8-K001-1344910.1March 3, 2006
10.31Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement by and among Registrant, Maxtor Corporation and Insula Corporation, dated April 2, 2001.8-K001-1344910.1December 29, 2004
10.32Mutual General Release and Global Settlement Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2004, between Maxtor Corporation and Registrant.10-Q001-1344910.4February 2, 2005
10.33Offer Letter, dated August 20, 2007, between Registrant and Paul Auvil. *8-K001-1344910.1August 29, 2007
10.34Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2009, by and between Quantum Corporation and EMC Corporation.8-K001-1344910.1June 9, 2009
10.35First Amendment to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 17, 2009, by and between Quantum Corporation and EMC Corporation.8-K001-1344910.1June 23, 2009
 10.36  Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan, dated January 1, 2010.* 8-K 001-13449  10.1   January 6, 2010 

Table of Contents

Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
     Exhibit Description     Form     File No.     Exhibit(s)     Filing Date
10.11Advanced Digital Information Corporation Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Incentive Plan. *S-8001-134494.4August 25, 2006
10.12Employment Offer Letter, dated March 31, 2011, between Registrant and Jon W. Gacek. *8-K001-1344910.1April 5, 2011
10.13Amendment to Employment Offer Letter between Registrant and Jon W. Gacek. *10-Q001-1344910.1February 8, 2013
10.14Employment Offer Letter, dated August 31, 2006, between Registrant and William C. Britts. *8-K001-1344910.1September 7, 2006
10.15Amendment to Employment Offer Letter between Registrant and William C. Britts. *10-Q001-1344910.6November 7, 2008
10.16Amendment to Employment Offer Letter between Registrant and William C. Britts. *10-Q001-1344910.3February 5, 2010
10.17Offer Letter, dated May 25, 2007, between Registrant and Joseph A. Marengi. *8-K001-1344910.1May 25, 2007
10.18Offer Letter of Mr. David A. Krall, dated August 11, 2011. *8-K001-1344910.1August 22, 2011
10.19Offer Letter, dated May 2, 2011, between Registrant and David E. Roberson. *8-K001-1344910.1May 10, 2011
10.20Offer Letter, dated August 20, 2007, between Registrant and Paul Auvil. *8-K001-1344910.1August 29, 2007
10.21Offer Letter, dated May 14, 2013, between Registrant and Mr. Jeffrey C. Smith.*10-Q001-1344910.2August 9, 2013
10.22Offer Letter, dated August 7, 2013, between Registrant and Mr. Philip Black.*10-Q001-1344910.2November 12, 2013
10.23Offer Letter, dated August 7, 2013, between Registrant and Louis DiNardo.*10-Q001-1344910.3November 12, 2013
10.24Offer Letter, dated August 7, 2013, between Registrant and Gregg J. Powers.*10-Q001-1344910.4November 12, 2013
10.25Credit Agreement, dated March 29, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Administrative Agent, and the Lenders party thereto.10-K001-1344910.22June 14, 2012
10.26Security Agreement, dated March 29, 2012, among the Registrant and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC.8-K001-1344910.2April 2, 2012
10.27First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated June 28, 2012, among Registrant, the lenders identified therein, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as the administrative agent for the lenders.8-K001-1344910.1June 28, 2012
10.28Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement and First Amendment to Security Agreement, dated January 31, 2013, among Registrant, the lenders identified therein, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as the administrative agent for the lenders.8-K001-1344910.1February 6, 2013
10.29Consent and Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated February 6, 2014, by and among Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as administrative agent, the lenders that are parties thereto, and Quantum Corporation8-K001-1344910.1April 29, 2014
10.30Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement and Second Amendment to Security Agreement, dated April 24, 2014, by and among Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as administrative agent, the lenders that are parties thereto, and Quantum Corporation.8-K001-1344910.2April 29, 2014
10.31Agreement for Purchase and Sale of Real Property, dated as November 18, 2005, among Registrant, SELCO Service Corporation and CS/Federal Drive LLC, as amended by Amendments 1 through 6.8-K001-1344910.1February 10, 2006



Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
     Exhibit Description     Form     File No.     Exhibit(s)     Filing Date
12.1Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. ‡
21Quantum Subsidiaries. ‡
23Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. ‡
24Power of Attorney (see signature page).
31.1Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ‡
31.2Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ‡
32.1Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley act of 2002. † 
32.2Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley act of 2002. †  
101.INSXBRL Instance Document.††
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.†† 
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.††  
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.††    
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.††  
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.††
____________________

Table of Contents

     Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
    Exhibit Description    Form    File No.    Exhibit(s)    Filing Date
10.32Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building A).8-K     001-13449     10.2     February 10, 2006
10.33Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building B).8-K001-1344910.3February 10, 2006
10.34Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building C).8-K001-13449 10.4February 10, 2006
10.35Patent Cross License Agreement, dated February 27, 2006, between Registrant and Storage Technology Corporation.8-K001-1344910.1 March 3, 2006
10.36 Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement by and among Registrant, Maxtor Corporation and Insula Corporation, dated April 2, 2001.8-K001-1344910.1December 29, 2004
10.37Mutual General Release and Global Settlement Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2004, between Maxtor Corporation and Registrant.10-Q 001-1344910.4February 2, 2005
10.38Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2009, by and between Quantum Corporation and EMC Corporation.8-K001-1344910.1June 9, 2009
10.39First Amendment to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 17, 2009, by and between Quantum Corporation and EMC Corporation.8-K001-1344910.1June 23, 2009
10.40Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2013, by and among Registrant, Starboard Value LP, and certain of its affiliates.8-K001-1344910.1May 14, 2013
12.1Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. ‡
21Quantum Subsidiaries. ‡
23Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. ‡
24Power of Attorney (see signature page).
31.1Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ‡
31.2Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ‡
32.1Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley act of 2002. †
32.2Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley act of 2002. †
101.INSXBRL Instance Document. ††
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. ††
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. ††
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. ††
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. ††
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. ††

*       Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
Filed herewith.
Furnished herewith.
††

XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed herewith, is not a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.




Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


QUANTUM CORPORATION
 
/s/ LINDA M. BREARD
Linda M. Breard
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Chief Accounting Officer)
Date: June 6, 2014

Dated: June 14, 2012



Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jon W. Gacek and Linda M. Breard, jointly and severally, his or her attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on June 14, 2012.6, 2014.

Signature       Title
/s/JON W. GACEKDirector, President and Chief Executive Officer
Jon W. Gacek(Principal Executive Officer)
 
/s/LINDA M. BREARDChief Financial Officer
Linda M. Breard(Principal Financial and Chief Accounting Officer)
 
/s/PAUL R. AUVIL IIIDirector
Paul R. Auvil III
 
/s/RICHARD E. BELLUZZO PHILIP BLACKExecutive Chairman and Director
Richard E. BelluzzoPhilip Black
 
/s/MICHAEL A. BROWNDirector
Michael A. Brown
 
/s/THOMAS S. BUCHSBAUMLOUIS DINARDODirector
Thomas S. BuchsbaumLouis DiNardo
 
/s/ELIZABETH A. FETTERDirector
Elizabeth A. Fetter
/s/DAVID A. KRALLDirector
David A. Krall
 
/s/JOSEPH A. MARENGIGREGG J. POWERSDirector
Joseph A. MarengiGregg J. Powers
 
/s/DAVID E. ROBERSONDirector
David E. Roberson
Director
Jeffrey C. Smith

84